Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 INFOR (US),
INC., 
 EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, 

AND 
 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 

$1,030,000,000 6.500% Senior Notes due 2022 

€350,000,000 5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of April 1, 2015 
  

 
  

 

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I	  
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	SECTION 1.1.	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	SECTION 1.2.	 	 Other Definitions
	  	 	39	  
	SECTION 1.3.	 	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	40	  
	SECTION 1.4.	 	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	40	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	THE NOTES	  
			
	SECTION 2.1.	 	 Form, Dating and Terms
	  	 	41	  
	SECTION 2.2.	 	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	47	  
	SECTION 2.3.	 	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	48	  
	SECTION 2.4.	 	 Duties of Paying Agent
	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.5.	 	 Holder Lists
	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.6.	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 2.7.	 	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period.
	  	 	53	  
	SECTION 2.8.	 	 Reserved.
	  	 	54	  
	SECTION 2.9.	 	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	  	 	54	  
	SECTION 2.10.	 	 Reserved.
	  	 	55	  
	SECTION 2.11.	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes
	  	 	55	  
	SECTION 2.12.	 	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	56	  
	SECTION 2.13.	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	56	  
	SECTION 2.14.	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	57	  
	SECTION 2.15.	 	 Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest
	  	 	57	  
	SECTION 2.16.	 	 CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Numbers
	  	 	58	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	COVENANTS	  
			
	SECTION 3.1.	 	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	58	  
	SECTION 3.2.	 	 Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	 	58	  
	SECTION 3.3.	 	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	63	  
	SECTION 3.4.	 	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	69	  
	SECTION 3.5.	 	 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	  	 	71	  
	SECTION 3.6.	 	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	74	  
	SECTION 3.7.	 	 Limitation on Guarantees
	  	 	74	  
	SECTION 3.8.	 	 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions
	  	 	75	  
	SECTION 3.9.	 	 Change of Control
	  	 	78	  
	SECTION 3.10.	 	 Reports
	  	 	79	  
	SECTION 3.11.	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	81	  
	SECTION 3.12.	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	81	  
	SECTION 3.13.	 	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	81	  
	SECTION 3.14.	 	 Payment of Taxes
	  	 	81	  
	SECTION 3.15.	 	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 3.16.	 	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 3.17.	 	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 3.18.	 	 Conduct of Business
	  	 	82	  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	SECTION 3.19.	 	 Statement by Officers as to Default
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 3.20.	 	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 3.21.	 	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 3.22.	 	 Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status
	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 3.23.	 	 Payment of Additional Amounts
	  	 	84	  
	
	ARTICLE IV	  
	SUCCESSOR COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON	  
			
	SECTION 4.1.	 	 Merger and Consolidation
	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE V	  
	REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES	  
			
	SECTION 5.1.	 	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	87	  
	SECTION 5.2.	 	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	87	  
	SECTION 5.3.	 	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 5.4.	 	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 5.5.	 	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 5.6.	 	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 5.7.	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 5.8.	 	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	91	  
	SECTION 5.9.	 	 Redemption for Tax Reasons
	  	 	91	  
	ARTICLE VI	  
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	SECTION 6.1.	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	91	  
	SECTION 6.2.	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 6.3.	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 6.4.	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 6.5.	 	 Control by Majority
	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 6.6.	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 6.7.	 	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	95	  
	SECTION 6.8.	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	95	  
	SECTION 6.9.	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	95	  
	SECTION 6.10.	 	 Priorities
	  	 	95	  
	SECTION 6.11.	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	96	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	SECTION 7.1.	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 7.2.	 	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 7.3.	 	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 7.4.	 	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 7.5.	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	99	  
	SECTION 7.6.	 	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	99	  
	SECTION 7.7.	 	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	99	  
	SECTION 7.8.	 	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	100	  
	SECTION 7.9.	 	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	100	  
	SECTION 7.10.	 	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	101	  
	SECTION 7.11.	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	  	 	101	  
	SECTION 7.12.	 	 Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer
	  	 	101	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	SECTION 7.13.	 	 Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees
	  	 	101	  
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	SECTION 8.1.	 	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance
	  	 	102	  
	SECTION 8.2.	 	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	102	  
	SECTION 8.3.	 	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	103	  
	SECTION 8.4.	 	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	103	  
	SECTION 8.5.	 	 Deposited Money and Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	104	  
	SECTION 8.6.	 	 Repayment to the Issuer
	  	 	105	  
	SECTION 8.7.	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	105	  
	
	ARTICLE IX	  
	AMENDMENTS	  
			
	SECTION 9.1.	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	105	  
	SECTION 9.2.	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	106	  
	SECTION 9.3.	 	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	108	  
	SECTION 9.4.	 	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	108	  
	SECTION 9.5.	 	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	108	  
	SECTION 9.6.	 	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  	 	108	  
	
	ARTICLE X	  
	GUARANTEE	  
			
	SECTION 10.1.	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 10.2.	 	 Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge
	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 10.3.	 	 Right of Contribution
	  	 	111	  
	SECTION 10.4.	 	 No Subrogation
	  	 	111	  
	ARTICLE XI	  
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	SECTION 11.1.	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	111	  
	SECTION 11.2.	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	112	  
	
	ARTICLE XII	  
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	SECTION 12.1.	 	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	113	  
	SECTION 12.2.	 	 Notices
	  	 	113	  
	SECTION 12.3.	 	 Communication by Holders with other Holders
	  	 	114	  
	SECTION 12.4.	 	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	114	  
	SECTION 12.5.	 	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	114	  
	SECTION 12.6.	 	 When Notes Disregarded
	  	 	115	  
	SECTION 12.7.	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	115	  
	SECTION 12.8.	 	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	115	  
	SECTION 12.9.	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	115	  
	SECTION 12.10.	 	 Jurisdiction
	  	 	115	  
	SECTION 12.11.	 	 Waivers of Jury Trial
	  	 	115	  
	SECTION 12.12.	 	 USA PATRIOT Act
	  	 	116	  
	SECTION 12.13.	 	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	116	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	SECTION 12.14.	 	 Successors
	  	 	116	  
	SECTION 12.15.	 	 Multiple Originals
	  	 	116	  
	SECTION 12.16.	 	 Qualification of Indenture
	  	 	116	  
	SECTION 12.17.	 	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	116	  
	SECTION 12.18.	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	116	  
	SECTION 12.19.	 	 Severability
	  	 	117	  

  

					
	EXHIBIT A-1	  	Form of Global Restricted Dollar Note	  	
	EXHIBIT A-2	  	Form of Global Restricted Euro Note	  	
	EXHIBIT B-1	  	Form of Exchange Global Dollar Note	  	
	EXHIBIT B-2	  	Form of Exchange Global Euro Note	  	
	EXHIBIT C	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors	  	

  
 -iv- 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

					
	 TIA Section
	  	Indenture Section
			
	310	 	 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
		 	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
		 	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
		 	 (b)
	  	7.3; 7.8; 7.10
	311	 	 (a)
	  	7.11
		 	 (b)
	  	7.11
	312	 	 (a)
	  	2.5
		 	 (b)
	  	12.3
		 	 (c)
	  	12.3
	313	 	 (a)
	  	7.6
		 	 (b)(1)
	  	7.6
		 	 (c)(2)
	  	7.6
		 	 (d)
	  	7.6
	314	 	 (a)
	  	3.10; 3.16; 12.5
		 	 (b)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (c)(1)
	  	12.4
		 	 (c)(2)
	  	12.4
		 	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (d)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (e)
	  	12.5
	315	 	 (a)
	  	7.1
		 	 (b)
	  	7.5; 12.2
		 	 (c)
	  	7.1
		 	 (d)
	  	7.1
		 	 (e)
	  	6.11
	316	 	 (a)(last sentence)
	  	12.6
		 	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.5
		 	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.4
		 	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
		 	 (b)
	  	6.7
		 	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	317	 	 (a)(1)
	  	6.8
		 	 (a)(2)
	  	6.9
		 	 (b)
	  	2.4
	318	 	 (a)
	  	12.1

 N.A. means not applicable. 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

 INDENTURE dated as of April 1, 2015, among Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation
(“Issuer”), each of the Guarantors party hereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee. 
 W I T N E S S
E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of
(i) 6.500% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Dollar Notes”) issued on the date hereof, (ii) 5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Euro Notes”) issued on the date hereof (the Dollar Notes and the Euro Notes issued
on the date hereof are collectively referred to as the “Initial Notes”), (iii) any additional Dollar Notes or Euro Notes that may be issued after the Issue Date (“Additional Notes”) and (iii) Notes issued
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes or Additional Notes (the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide
for their Guarantees of the Notes; 
 WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed and duly issued by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer has been done; 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed,
for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or
such acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to
clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to
clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination. 
 “Additional
Assets” means: 
 (1) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by Holdings, the Issuer,
a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset
Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets); 
 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a
Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or
the Issuer. 

 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of
this Indenture. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Alternative Currency” means any currency (other than Dollars) that is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily
available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. 
 “Applicable Premium” means the greater of (A) 1% of
the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of: 
 (1) the
present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at May 15, 2018 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table under Section 5.7(c) (excluding accrued
but unpaid interest, if any)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest, if any), computed upon the redemption date using a discount
rate equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (2) the outstanding
principal amount of such Note; 
 in each case, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. Neither
the Trustee nor the Euro Paying Agent shall have any duty to calculate or verify the Issuer’s calculation of the Applicable Premium. 

“Applicable Treasury Rate” means:  

(i) in the case of a redemption of the Dollar Notes, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days)
prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to
May 15, 2018; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to May 15, 2018 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the
Applicable Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the
period from the Redemption Date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used; and 

(ii) in the case of a redemption of the Euro Notes, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of the German
Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to May 15, 2018 and that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with
customary 

  
 -2- 

 
financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Euro Notes and of
a maturity most nearly equal to May 15, 2018; provided, however, that, if the period from such Redemption Date to May 15, 2018 is not equal to the fixed maturity of the German Bundesanleihe security selected by such Reference
German Bund Dealer, the Applicable Treasury Rate shall be determined by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of German Bundesanleihe securities for which such yields are given, except that if the
period from such Redemption Date to May 15, 2018 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used. “Reference German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good
faith. 
 “Asset Disposition” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Issuer (other than Capital Stock of the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 

(2) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions; 
 in each case, other than: 

(1) a disposition by Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
including pursuant to any Intercompany License Agreement; 
 (2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade
Securities; 
 (3) a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past
practice (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registrations of any intellectual property rights to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice); 

(4) a disposition of obsolete, worn-out, uneconomic, damaged or surplus property, equipment or other assets or property,
equipment or other assets that are no longer economically practical or commercially desirable to maintain or used or useful in the business of Holdings, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether now or hereafter owned or leased or acquired
in connection with an acquisition or used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) transactions permitted under Section 4.1 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control; 

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or
pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors; 
 (7) any dispositions of Capital
Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $40.0 million; 

  
 -3- 

 (8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under
Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 3.5(a)(3), asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments; 

(9) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 

(11) conveyances, sales, transfers, licenses or sublicenses or other dispositions of intellectual property, software or other
general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or pursuant to a research or development agreement in which the counterparty to
such agreement receives a license intellectual property or software that result from such agreement; 
 (12) foreclosure,
condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets; 
 (13) the sale or discount (with or
without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or the conversion or
exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable; 
 (14) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other
securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (15) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an
agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly
formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition; 

(16) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of
similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is
actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 

(17) any disposition of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any
Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(18) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any
reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture; 

  
 -4- 

 (19) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the
extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; 

(20) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release, surrender or waiver of contractual, tort,
litigation or other claims of any kind; 
 (21) the unwinding of any Cash Management Services or Hedging Obligations
pursuant to its terms; and 
 (22) samples, including time-limited evaluation software, provided to customers or prospective
customers. 
 “Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Issuer or its Restricted
Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 

“Authentication Agent” means an institution, reasonably acceptable to the Issuer, appointed by the Trustee to authenticate
the Notes, or in the case of the Euro Notes, as set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the
United States Code or similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means (1) with
respect to Holdings, the Issuer or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing
body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision
requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors
(whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval). 
 “Business
Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, United States or in the jurisdiction of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for,
or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized
lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis
of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued
as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as
capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -5- 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) (a) Dollars, euro, or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or (b) any other foreign
currency held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or
directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a member state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such
member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances
having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least
“P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or
trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100 million; 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (7) entered into
with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) securities with maturities of one year
or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Person referenced in clause (3) above; 

(6) commercial paper rated at least (A) “A-1” or higher by S&P or “P-1” or higher by Moody’s
(or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) maturing within two years after the date of creation thereof or
(B) “A-2” or higher by S&P or “P-2” or higher by Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected
by the Issuer) maturing within one year after the date of creation thereof, or, in each case, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt; 

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least “P-2” or “A-2”
from either S&P or Moody’s, respectively (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) and in each case with
maturities of not more than two years from the date of creation or acquisition; 
 (8) readily marketable direct obligations
issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any member of the European Union or any political subdivision, taxing authority or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating
categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities
of not more than two years from the date of creation or acquisition; 
 (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by
any foreign government or any political subdivision, taxing authority or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest ratings categories obtainable by S&P or Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing
comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

  
 -6- 

 (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of
acquisition in money market funds rated within the three highest ratings categories by S&P or Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization selected by the Issuer); 
 (11) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary: (i) obligations of the national
government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing
within one year after the date of investment therein, (ii) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptance of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign
Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least
“A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Foreign Bank”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from
the date of acquisition and (iii) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; 

(12) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or
“Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer) with maturities of two years
or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (13) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the
European Union, or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent); 

(14) Cash Equivalents or instruments similar to those referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above denominated in
Dollars or any Alternative Currency; 
 (15) interests in any investment company, money market, enhanced high yield fund or
other investment fund which invests 90% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (14) above; and 

(16) any marketable securities portfolio owned by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date. 

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of
America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) and clauses (11) through (14) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the
parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance
with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (14) and in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated
in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following the
receipt of such amounts. For the avoidance of doubt, any items identified as Cash Equivalents under this definition (other than clause (16) above) will be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for all purposed under this Indenture regardless of the
treatment of such items under GAAP. 

  
 -7- 

 “Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not
constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default): automated clearing house transactions, treasury, depository, credit or debit card, purchasing card, stored value card, electronic fund transfer services
and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services or other cash management arrangements in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice. 
 “Change of Control” means 

(1) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act,
proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted
Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Issuer other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Issuer shall become the wholly-owned subsidiary of a Parent Entity of which no person or group, as noted above, holds 50% or more of the total voting power
(other than a Permitted Holder); or 
 (2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or one or more Permitted Holders. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will
not be deemed to involve a Change of Control solely as a result of the Issuer becoming a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company if (A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company
immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Issuer’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company
satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company. 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Common Depositary” means the common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, or its nominee. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of
depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization or write-off of (i) intangibles and non-cash organization costs, (ii) deferred financing fees or costs and (iii) Capitalized Software Expenditures or costs, capitalized
expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and amortization of favorable
or unfavorable lease assets or liabilities, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and any write down of assets or asset value carried on the balance
sheet. 

  
 -8- 

 “Consolidated EBITDA” for any period, with respect to any Person, means the
Consolidated Net Income for such period: 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by: 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, provincial,
local, foreign, unitary, excise, property, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding and similar taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations deducted (and
not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period
(including (x) net losses on any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency or commodities risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with
financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (t) through (z) in clause (1) thereof), to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such
Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(d) any (x) Transaction Expenses and (y) any fees, costs, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation
and Amortization Expense) related to any actual, proposed or contemplated Equity Offering (including any expense relating to enhanced accounting functions or other transactions costs associated with becoming a public company), Permitted Investment,
acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the
offering of the Notes, the Existing Notes, Contingent Cash Pay Notes, the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Facilities and any Securitization Fees, and (ii) any amendment, waiver or other modification of the Notes, the Existing Notes, the
Contingent Cash Pay Notes, the Credit Agreement, Receivables Facilities, Securitization Facilities, any other Credit Facilities, any Securitization Fees, any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture or any Equity Offering, in
each case, whether or not consummated, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(e) (i) the amount of any restructuring charge, reserve, integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost
(including charges directly related to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives) that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions
or divestitures after the Issue Date, including, without limitation, those related to any severance, retention, signing bonuses, relocation, recruiting and other employee related costs, future lease commitments and costs related to the opening and
closure and/or consolidation of facilities and to exiting lines of business and (ii) fees, costs and expenses associated with acquisition related litigation and settlements thereof; plus 

(f) any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period
including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting, (excluding any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) or other items classified by
the Issuer as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus 

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of
third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary; plus 

  
 -9- 

 (h) the amount of management, monitoring, advisory, consulting, refinancing,
subsequent transaction, advisory and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to GGC or any other Permitted Holder or any of their Affiliates to the extent permitted under
Section 3.8 hereof; plus 
 (i) the amount of “run rate” cost savings (including, without limitation,
cost savings with respect to salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions and facility, benefit and insurance savings), operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and synergies
projected by the Issuer in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable (which will be added to Consolidated EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings (including, without
limitation, cost savings with respect to salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions and facility, benefit and insurance savings), operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives and
synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that, to the extent any such operational changes are not associated with the Transactions, all
steps have been taken, or are reasonably expected to be taken within 24 months after the date of determination and such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Issuer); plus

 (j) the amount of loss on sale of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection
with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus 
 (k) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash
proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in
Section 3.3(a)(3) hereof; plus 
 (l) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash
expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any
previous period and not added back; plus 
 (m) any net loss included in Consolidated Net Income attributable to
non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810-10-45 (“Topic 810”); plus 

(n) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or
liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 
 (o) net realized losses from
Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 (“Topic 815”) and related pronouncements; 

(2) decreased (without duplication) by: (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period 

  
 -10- 

 
and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period; plus (b) realized foreign
exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of Holdings, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus (c) any net realized income or gains
from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Topic 815 and related pronouncements, plus (d) any net income included in Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling
interests pursuant to the application of Topic 810; and 
 (3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as
applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: 

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense
was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of any Hedging Obligations
or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding
(t) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (u) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (v) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (w) any expense
resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses,
(y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under
GAAP); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether
paid or accrued; less 
 (3) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person
to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net
Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that
there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not
a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such
Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or could have been distributed, as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Issuer (subject, in the case of a dividend
or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); 

  
 -11- 

 (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted
Payments under Section 3.3(a)(iii)(B) hereof, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of
distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental
rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Existing Notes, the
indentures governing the Existing Notes or this Indenture, and (c) restrictions specified in Section 3.4(b)(14)(i)), except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included
in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a
dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); 

(3) any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss)
realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the
ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer); 
 (4) any
extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense (including Transaction Expenses) or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense; 

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, including any impact resulting from an election by the Issuer
to apply IFRS at any time following the Issue Date; 
 (6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from
any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the re-evaluation of any benefit plan obligation and (ii) income (loss)
attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts; 
 (7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or
other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness; 

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to
qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations; 

(9) any unrealized foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of
Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for
currency exchange risk), and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies; 

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation increases or decreases or transaction gains or losses in respect of
Indebtedness, including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk), or other obligations of Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary owing to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -12- 

 (11) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments
to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to
Holdings, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development); 

(12) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge or write-off; 

(13) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging
Obligations or other derivative instruments; 
 (14) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve
(12) months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP; 

(15) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar
accounting treatment and the application of Topic 815 and related pronouncements; and 
 (16) any deferred tax expense
associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowances related to such item. 

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not
denied by the applicable payor in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days) and
(ii) to the extent covered by insurance (including business interruption insurance) and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by
the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount
so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption. 

“Consolidated Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of
Secured Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Services and intercompany Indebtedness) of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, minus (b) the
aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available
with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and as determined in good faith by the Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Secured
Indebtedness shall exclude Indebtedness in respect of any Receivables Facility or Securitization Facility. 
 “Consolidated Secured
Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as of such date to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the

  
 -13- 

 
most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of Holdings are available, in each case with such
pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of
Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Services and intercompany Indebtedness) of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, minus (b) the aggregate amount
of cash and Cash Equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available with such pro
forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and as determined in good faith by the Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Total Indebtedness
shall exclude Indebtedness in respect of any Receivables Facility or Securitization Facility. 
 “Consolidated Total Leverage
Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of Holdings are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition
of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 
 “Contingent Cash Pay Notes” means the 7.125%/7.875% Senior Contingent Cash
Pay Notes issued by Infor Software Parent, LLC, an indirect holding company of the Issuer, and its direct subsidiary, Infor Software, Inc. 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such
Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor; 
 (2) to advance or supply funds: 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of
assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement by and among the Issuer, Holdings, certain of their Subsidiaries identified
therein as guarantors, the senior lenders (as named therein), Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent for the lenders, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and
reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as
to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, 

  
 -14- 

 
incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor
thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements. 

“Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Issuer, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities,
indentures or other arrangements (including the Credit Agreement or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables
financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another
administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Credit Agreement or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all
agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security
agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any
agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of
Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder; or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming
an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes. 

“Depositary” means (i) with respect to the Dollar Notes, DTC, its nominees and their respective successors and
(ii) with respect to the Euro Notes, Citibank Europe plc, its nominees and their respective successors, acting in the capacity of common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream or, as applicable, such other nominee of or custodian for
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as applicable, as may be acceptable to the Issuer and named or otherwise appointed in accordance with the customary practices or policies of Euroclear or Clearstream. 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash
consideration received by Holdings, the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the
basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated
Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 3.5 hereof. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means, with respect to Holdings and the Issuer, Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
(a) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to

  
 -15- 

 
the extent funded by the Issuer or such Subsidiary) and (b) that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings or the Issuer
at or prior to the issuance thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(iii)(C) hereof. 

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer
having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding
Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock. 
 “Disqualified
Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise; or 
 (2) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise
redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, 
 in each
case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock
solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings or the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock
if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.3 hereof; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the
Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Issuer or their Subsidiaries in order to satisfy
applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
 “Dollar” or “$” means the lawful currency of the United
States of America. 
 “Dollar Notes Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Angel Island Capital Services, LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., MCS Capital Markets LLC and
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing
agency. 
 “Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Issuer or Holdings (other than Disqualified
Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities, the proceeds of which are contributed to
the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -16- 

 “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic
and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union. 
 “Euro Notes Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch
International, Angel Island Capital Services, LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Bank plc, RBC Europe Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Goldman, Sachs & Co., MCS Capital Markets LLC
and Citigroup Global Markets Limited. 
 “Euro Paying Agent” means the Paying Agent for the Euro Notes. 

“European Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such
obligations) of any country that is a member of the European Union on the Issue Date (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such European Union country is pledged and which are not
callable or redeemable at the Issuer’s option. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means any notes
issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement. 
 “Excluded Contribution”
means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by Holdings or the Issuer as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or the Issuer after the Issue
Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or the Issuer, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the
Issuer. 
 “Existing Notes” means (i) the 11 1⁄2% Senior Notes due 2018, (ii) the 9.375% Senior Notes due 2019 and (iii) the 10.0% Senior Notes due 2019, in each case issued by the Issuer and to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date. 

“fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of
Directors of Holdings or the Issuer setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith. 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of
Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such determination date for which internal consolidated financial statements are available to the Fixed Charges of such Person for
four consecutive fiscal quarters. In the event that Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving
credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or 

  
 -17- 

 
redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided, however, that for purposes of
the pro forma calculation under Section 3.2(a) such calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 3.2(b) (other than clause (b)(5) thereof). 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investment, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and
disposed operations that have been made by Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed
charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or
was merged with or into Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would
have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed
operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this definition or
anything else to the contrary, when calculating the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the
date of determination of such ratio and of any default or event of default blocker shall, at the option of the Issuer, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratios shall be calculated
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at
the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer or the target
company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition
Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided further, that if the Issuer elects to have such determinations occur
at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this
Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Total
Assets or Consolidated Net Income for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such Limited Condition Acquisition) shall not reflect such Limited Condition Acquisition until it is
closed. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations
shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of Holdings or the Issuer (including cost savings and synergies). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect,
the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such
Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized
Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily
balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined 

  
 -18- 

 
at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or
if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to
any Person for any period, the sum of: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such Period; 

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other distributions
paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period. 
 “Foreign
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any
calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date. At any
time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue
Date, the Issuer may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the
ability of the Issuer to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that
require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, further again, that
the Issuer may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Issuer, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and Section 3.10 hereof, in
IFRS. The Issuer shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders. 

“GGC” means, collectively, Golden Gate Capital Management, L.L.C., Golden Gate Capital Management II, L.L.C., Golden Gate
Private Equity, Inc., GGC Opportunity Fund Management GP, Ltd. and funds or partnerships related, managed or advised by any of them or any Affiliate of any of them. 

“Government Obligations” means, in the case of the Dollar Notes, U.S. Government Obligations and, in the case of the Euro
Notes, European Government Obligations. 
 “Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state,
province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank, stock exchange or other entity or authority exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, taxing, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness
of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 

  
 -19- 

 (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment
of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or
otherwise); or 
 (2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness
of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided, however, that the term
“Guarantee” will not include (x) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (y) standard contractual indemnities or product warranties provided in the ordinary
course of business, and provided further that the amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the lower of (i) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made and
(ii) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee or, if such Guarantee is not an unconditional guarantee of the entire amount of the primary obligation and
such maximum amount is not stated or determinable, the amount of such guaranteeing Person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb
has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes,
until such Guarantee is released pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to
any person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange
contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the
respective nominee of DTC, in the case of the Dollar Notes, and the nominee of the Common Depositary for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream, in the case of the Euro Notes. 

“Holdings” means Infor, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors (formerly known as GGC Software Holdings, Inc.).

 “IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
as in effect from time to time. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary
that (i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Issuer and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and Consolidated EBITDA of less than 5.0% of the
Issuer’s Total Assets and Consolidated EBITDA (measured, in the case of Total Assets, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four
quarters ended most recently for which internal financial statements are available, in each case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or depositions of companies, division or lines of business since such balance
sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary). 

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred 

  
 -20- 

 
by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any
Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): 

(1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar
instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not been reimbursed)
(except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence); 

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property
(except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto; 

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified
Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not
such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the
Issuer) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; 
 (8) Guarantees by such Person of the
principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and 
 (9) to the extent not
otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that
would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement); 
 with respect to clauses (1), (2), (4) and (5) above, if
and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided, that Indebtedness of any Parent Entity appearing upon the balance sheet of Holdings or the Issuer solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded. 

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be
considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, or obligations under any license, permit or
other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice. 

  
 -21- 

 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar
facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and
(b) the principal amount of Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting
Standards Codification Topic No. 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded
derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness. 
 Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute
Indebtedness: 
 (i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice,
other than Guarantees or other assumptions of Indebtedness; 
 (ii) Cash Management Services; 

(iii) any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under
GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date or any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(iv) obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) incurred
prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
 (v) in connection with
the purchase by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment
depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined,
the amount is paid in a timely manner; 
 (iv) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’
compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes; or 

(vii) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party
appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuer. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 

“Initial Purchasers” means the Dollar Notes Initial Purchasers and the Euro Notes Initial Purchasers. 

  
 -22- 

 “Intercompany License Agreement” means any cost sharing agreement, commission or
royalty agreement, license or sublicense agreement, distribution agreement, services agreement, intellectual property rights transfer agreement, any related agreements or other similar agreements, in each case where all parties to such agreement are
Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in
the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property
to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such
other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving
effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. 

For purposes of Sections 3.3 and 3.20 hereof: 

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ or the Issuer’s equity interest in a
Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuer at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings or the Issuer will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount
(if positive) equal to (a) Holdings’ or the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to Holdings or the Issuer’s equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by Holdings or the Issuer in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such
transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by Holdings or the Issuer. 
 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured
by a member of the European Union, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (3) debt
securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists,
the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and 

  
 -23- 

 (4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type
described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution. 

“Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive two of the following: 

(1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P; 

(2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; or 

(3) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from Fitch, 

or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by
any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization. 
 “Issue Date” means April 1, 2015. 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Limited Condition Acquisition” means any
acquisition, including by means of a merger or consolidation, by Holdings, the Issuer or one or more of their Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing;
provided that for purposes of determining compliance with Section 3.3 hereof, the Consolidated Net Income (and any other financial defined term derived therefrom) shall not include any Consolidated Net Income of or attributable to the
target company or assets associated with any such Limited Condition Acquisition unless and until the closing of such Limited Condition Acquisition shall have actually occurred. 

“Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors,
officers, employees or consultants of any Parent Entity, Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

(1) (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business
or consistent with past practice or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of Holdings, the Issuer, their Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity with (in the case of this sub-clause (b))
the approval of the Board of Directors; 
 (2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing
or consolidation of any facility or office; or 
 (3) not exceeding $15.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally
Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally
recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act. 
 “Net Available Cash”
from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise 

  
 -24- 

 
and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of
assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
Incurred, and all Taxes paid, reasonably estimated to be actually payable or accrued as a liability under GAAP (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds
to the Issuer and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, including distributions for Related Taxes; 

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with
the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Entity, the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; 
 (4) the
deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and 
 (5) any funded escrow established pursuant to the documents evidencing any
such sale or disposition to secure any indemnification obligations or adjustments to the purchase price associated with any such Asset Disposition. 

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale
net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or
sale and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable as a result of such issuance or sale (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any income, withholding and other Taxes payable as a result of the distribution of such proceeds
to the Issuer and after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing agreements, and including distributions for Related Taxes). 

“Non-Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S). 

“Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Note Guarantees and this Indenture. 

“Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by any Depositary), or any successor Person
thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Holdings, the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for Post-

  
 -25- 

 
Petition Interest is allowed in such proceedings), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit
and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated March 18, 2015 relating to the offering by the Issuer
of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the
Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such
entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an
employee of or counsel to the Issuer or its Subsidiaries. 
 “Parent Entity” means any direct or indirect parent of
Holdings. 
 “Parent Entity Expenses” means: 

(1) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with reporting
obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating
to the Notes, the Guarantees or any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed or delivered with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder; 
 (2) customary indemnification obligations of any Parent Entity owing to directors, officers,
employees or other Persons under its articles, charter, by-laws, partnership agreement or other constating documents or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 

(3) obligations of any Parent Entity in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent
relating to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (4) general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees and
expenses and other operational expenses of any Parent Entity related to the ownership or operation of the business of Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) expenses Incurred by any Parent Entity in connection with any offering or other sale, conversion or exchange of Capital
Stock or Indebtedness; and 
 (6) amounts to finance Investments that would otherwise be permitted to be made pursuant to
Section 3.3 hereof if made by the Issuer; provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately
following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or equity interests) to be contributed to the capital of Holdings, the Issuer or one of their Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the

  
 -26- 

 
merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Person formed or acquired into Holdings, the Issuer or one of their Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 4.1 hereof)
in order to consummate such Investment, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction
except to the extent Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture and such consideration or other payment is included as a Restricted Payment under this
Indenture, (D) any property received by Holdings or the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(iii) hereof and (E) such Investment shall be deemed to be made by Holdings, the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this definition or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investment.” 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Holdings or the Issuer which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes
or any Guarantee if such Guarantee ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Notes. 
 “Paying Agent”
means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuer. 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a
combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold
or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, collectively,
(1) GGC, (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the
requirements of this Indenture, (3) Senior Management, (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent Entity, Holdings or the Issuer, acting in such capacity,
and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without
giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, GGC and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or any Parent Entity held
by such group. 
 “Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries): 
 (1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary) or the Issuer or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such
other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(4) Investments in receivables owing to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary
course of business or consistent with past practice; 

  
 -27- 

 (5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are
expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(6) Management Advances; 

(7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice
and owing to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings, the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of
any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with
respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration
from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition; 
 (9) Investments existing or
pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms
of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (10)
Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof; 
 (11)
pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under
Section 3.6 hereof; 
 (12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuer (other than
Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent Entity as consideration; 
 (13) any transaction to the extent
constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 3.8(b) hereof (except those described in Sections 3.8(b)(1), (3), (6), (7), (8), (9), (12) and (14)); 

(14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or
leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture; 

(15) (i) Guarantees not prohibited by Section 3.2 hereof and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees,
keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations that are permitted by this Indenture; 

(16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent,
or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (17) Investments of a Restricted
Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into Holdings, the Issuer or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in
connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

  
 -28- 

 (18) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property
pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 
 (19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the
benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings or the Issuer; 

(20) Investments in joint ventures and similar entities and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value,
when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $125.0 million and 2.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each
Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (21) additional
Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $200.0 million and 3.25% of Total Assets (with the
fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without
duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(iii)); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment
shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (21); 

(22) (i) Investments in any Receivables Facility or any Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization
Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing and (ii) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization
Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility; 
 (23) repurchases
of Notes; and 
 (24) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary
is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of Section 3.20 hereof. 
 “Permitted Liens”
means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; 
 (2) pledges, deposits or Liens under
workmen’s compensation laws, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or
self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity,
judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like
nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -29- 

 (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s,
mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens for Taxes which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 

(5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of,
or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar
encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely
affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(6) Liens (a) on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash
Management Services permitted under this Indenture; (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management
services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft
or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 3.2(b)(8)(iii) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to
commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the
Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection
with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which
Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness; 
 (7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets
(including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(8) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as (a) any
appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated, (b) the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired or
(c) no more than 60 days have passed after (i) such judgment, decree, order or award has become final or (ii) such period within which such proceedings may be initiated has expired; 

(9) Liens (i) on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized
Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property
acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of 

  
 -30- 

 
business; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and (b) any such Lien
may not extend to any assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and
property and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease; 
 (10)
Liens perfected or evidenced by Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (11) Liens existing on the Issue Date, excluding Liens securing the Credit Agreement; 

(12) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
(or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other
assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original
property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; 

(13) Liens on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(14) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted
to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under
the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder; 

(15) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been
placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or
similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property; 

(16) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture
or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (17) Liens on property or assets under
construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets; 

(18) [reserved]; 

  
 -31- 

 (19) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase,
consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (20) Liens
securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1); 

(21) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 3.2(b)(7); 

(22) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor permitted by Section 3.2(b)(11) covering only the assets of such
Subsidiary; 
 (23) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (24) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio
described in clause (16) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party; 

(25) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in
respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(26) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (27) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a
result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(28) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums
thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the
benefits of) insurance carriers; 
 (29) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter
of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 
 (30) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any
property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under
Section 3.5, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; 

(31) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of
(a) $250.0 million and (b) 4.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 
 (32) Liens Incurred to secure
Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 3.2; provided that, with respect to liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause, at the time of Incurrence
and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 4.25 to 1.00; and 

  
 -32- 

 (33) Liens on (i) the Securitization Assets arising in connection with a
Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) the Receivables Assets arising in connection with a Receivables Facility. 
 In the event that a Permitted
Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Liens (at the time of incurrence or at a later date), the Issuer in its sole discretion may divide, classify or from time to time reclassify all or any portion of such Permitted Lien
in any manner that complies with this definition and such Permitted Lien shall be treated as having been made pursuant only to the clause or clauses of this definition of Permitted Lien to which such Permitted Lien has been classified or
reclassified. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the
commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. 

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person,
means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of
Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance
or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital
Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise. 
 “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any
Securitization Facility of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms,
covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market
terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization
Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement prior to engaging in any securitization financing shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A. 

“Receivables Assets” means (a) any accounts receivable owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary subject to a
Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all records with respect to such
accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in connection with a non-recourse accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged
by the Issuer to a commercial bank or Affiliate thereof in connection with a Receivables Facility. 

  
 -33- 

 “Receivables Facility” means an arrangement between the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary and a commercial bank or an Affiliate thereof pursuant to which (a) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) to such commercial bank (or such Affiliate) accounts receivable owing by
customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto, at a maximum discount, for each such account receivable, not to exceed 5.0% of the face value thereof and (b) the obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for Securitization Repurchase Obligations) to the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiary and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market
terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangements. 

“Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell,
extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a
correlative meaning. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace,
exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of Holdings or the Issuer that
refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing
Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 
  

	 	(1)	(a) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; and (b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness, is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced; 

 (2) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include: 

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or 
 (ii) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate
issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the
Indebtedness being Refinanced. 
 Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from
time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness. 

  
 -34- 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement
related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as amended or supplemented, and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of
Additional Notes in a private offering by the Issuer after the Issue Date. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the
Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. 

“Related Taxes” means 

(1) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise,
license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding Taxes), required to be paid (provided such
Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent Entity by virtue of its: 
 (a) being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding
(but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries) or otherwise maintaining its existence or good standing under
applicable law; 
 (b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s
Subsidiaries; 
 (c) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or
indirectly, the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries; or 
 (d) having made any payment in respect to any of the
items for which the Issuer is permitted to make payments to any Parent Entity pursuant to Section 3.3; or 
 (2) if and
for so long as the Issuer or Holdings is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined or similar tax return with any Parent Entity, an amount not to exceed the amount of any Taxes that Holdings, the Issuer and/or its domestic Subsidiaries
that are part of such consolidated or combined or similar tax return (as applicable) would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a separate consolidated or combined or similar basis if Holdings, the Issuer and/or such domestic
Subsidiaries had paid such Tax on a separate company basis or on a separate consolidated or combined or similar basis with respect to all applicable taxable periods ending after the Issue Date. 

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Notes” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of the restrictive legends described in
Section 2.1(d). 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(1) and, in the case of
the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2). 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means
any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the
Securities Act. 

  
 -35- 

 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or
any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Sale and Leaseback
Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission or any successor thereto. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder, as amended. 
 “Securitization Asset” means (a) any accounts receivable, real estate asset, mortgage
receivables or related assets and the proceeds thereof, in each case subject to a Securitization Facility and (b) all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of
such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted), together with accounts or assets in each
case subject to a Qualified Securitization Financing. 
 “Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization
financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either (a) Person that is
not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with,
any Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility. 
 “Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any
obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or
otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating
to the seller. 
 “Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer in each case formed for the purpose of and
that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another Person formed for this purpose. 

“Senior Management” means the officers, directors, and other members of senior management of Holdings, the Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in
Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries
or any Associates on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing
or are extensions or developments of any thereof. 

  
 -36- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the
assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking or, in the case of a Receivables Facility, a non-credit related recourse accounts
receivable factoring arrangement. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such
security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such
principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with
respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company
or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership interests or otherwise; and 
 (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner
or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges,
duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

“Total Assets” mean, as of any date, the total assets of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries that is internally available, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro
forma basis contained in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

  
 -37- 

 “Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings,
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions. 
 “Transactions” means the issuance of the
Notes and other transactions contemplated by the Offering Memorandum. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this
Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with
respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers,
respectively, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuer that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by
the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 Holdings or the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a
Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on
any property of, Holdings, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuer which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) such designation and the Investment of Holdings or the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3 hereof.

 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for
the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is
unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank
(as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by
the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote
in the election of directors. 

  
 -38- 

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of
the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied
by the amount of such payment, by 
 (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuer, all of the Capital Stock of which
is owned by Holdings, the Issuer or a Guarantor. 
 SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions 

. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section
		
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	3.8(a)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(e)(2)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	3.5(b)
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	2.6(e)
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	2.6(e)
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	2.6(e)
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	2.6(e)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	3.9(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	3.9(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	3.9(a)
	 “Clearstream”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.3
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	2.15
	 “Euroclear”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	3.5(b)
	 “Exchange Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Recitals
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.1
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	3.6
	 “Issuer”
	  	Recitals
	 “Issuer Order”
	  	2.2
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.2
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	12.8
	 “Notes Register”
	  	2.3
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	3.2(b)
	 “Permitted Payments”
	  	3.3(b)
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.11
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(b)

  
 -39- 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section
		
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.6(b)
	 “Restricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	3.3(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	3.22(b)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Special Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.15(a)
	 “Special Record Date”
	  	2.15(a)
	 “Successor Company”
	  	4.1(a)(1)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	3.22(a)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	3.22(b)
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Unrestricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)

 SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the
mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 

“indenture securities” means the Notes. 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligors on the indenture securities.

 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by
SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means including without limitation; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

  
 -40- 

 (6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(7) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or
with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the Notes,
provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the requirement that Additional Interest is due unless the Trustee receives written notice from Issuer stating that such amounts are due and specifying the
dollar amounts thereof; 
 (8) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall
be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(9) the principal amount of any preferred stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such preferred stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such preferred stock, whichever is greater; 

(10) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the
United States of America; 
 (11) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words
of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

(12) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such
Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person. 

ARTICLE II 
 THE
NOTES 
 SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms. 

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes
issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,030,000,000 million aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes and €350,000,000 million aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes. In addition, the Issuer may issue,
from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein) and Exchange Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes
pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5, in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuer may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in
compliance with Sections 3.2 and 3.6. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in an Officer’s Certificate
or one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 
 (A) the aggregate principal amount of such
Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

  
 -41- 

 (B) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the
date from which interest shall accrue; and 
 (C) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes. 

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in
addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 12.4, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes. 

(b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a purchase agreement, dated March 18, 2015, among the Issuer,
the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”) will be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on
Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case, in accordance with
the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law. 

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the
“Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Euro Notes), which is hereby incorporated
by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the applicable Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated
by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by applicable Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.
The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the applicable Depositary, as hereinafter provided. 

Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S
Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be
exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of Dollar Notes) and A-2 (in the case of Euro Notes) including appropriate legends as set forth in
Section 2.1(d) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the
Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the applicable Depositary in the manner described in this
Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including accounts at Euroclear Bank SA/NV (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme
(“Clearstream”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”),
interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described
herein. 
 Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that
are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or
Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective
depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable. 

  
 -42- 

 The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by
the applicable Depositary rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on
the records of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A
Notes and the Regulation S Notes will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 (in the case of Dollar Notes) and Exhibit B-2 (in the case of Euro Notes), which is hereby incorporated by
reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee (in the case of the Dollar Notes) or with the Common Depositary (in the case of the Euro Notes) as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in
Section 2.1(d) (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by applicable Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. 

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the
“Global Notes.” 
 The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or
agency of Paying Agent designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose (in the case of the Dollar Notes) or the office or agency of the Paying Agent appointed for
such purposes (in the case of the Euro Notes)), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment
of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject
to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
applicable Depositary. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer if such Holder elects payment by wire
transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its
discretion). 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those
set forth on Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit B-1 (in the case of Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit B-2 (in the case of Euro Notes) and in Section 2.1(d). The Issuer shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend
on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit B-1 (in the case of Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit B-2 (in the case of Euro
Notes) are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 

(c) Denominations. The Dollar Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and the Euro Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of €100,000, and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. 

(d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an
effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each

  
 -43- 

 
case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement or (iii) each of the Issuer and Registrar receives an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it to the effect that
neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act: 

(1) the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE
UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A
NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (c) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER OR THE REGISTRAR SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY
OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION
CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. 
 IN THE CASE OF THE
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER AND ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED
TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) THE PURCHASER IS NOT ACQUIRING OR HOLDING SUCH NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WITH THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT
TO TITLE 1 OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (C) ANY ENTITY DEEMED UNDER ERISA TO HOLD “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING
BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN, CHURCH PLAN OR NON-U.S. PLAN SUBJECT TO SUCH PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS
THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”) OR (II) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF SUCH NOTE BY THE PURCHASER, 

  
 -44- 

 
THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE AND THE DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF
ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, A BREACH OF FIDUCIARY DUTY UNDER ERISA OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW. 

(2) the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend on the face thereof: 

THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY
NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL
NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

(3) [Reserved.] 

(4) [Reserved.] 

(5) [Reserved.] 

(e) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian
for the DTC or with a Common Depositary: 
 (1) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of the
applicable Depositary, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for the DTC (in the case of the Dollar Notes) or to the Common Depositary (in the case of the Euro Notes) and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). Transfers of
a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the applicable Depositary, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(e)(4) and
2.1(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or
exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery
in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly,
will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 

(2) Members of, or participants in, Euroclear or Clearstream or DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights
under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the applicable Depositary or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of the DTC, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global
Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished
by applicable Depositary or impair, as between applicable Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the applicable Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global
Note. 

  
 -45- 

 (3) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a
Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian or Common Depositary (as applicable) shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal
amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more
Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (4) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial
owners pursuant to Section 2.1(f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner
identified by the applicable Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 

(5) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and
persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(6) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such
Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in
such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 (f) Definitive Notes. (i) Except as provided below,
owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC, Euroclear or
Clearstream (as applicable) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable) ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a
time when DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable) is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice, (B) the Issuer in its
sole discretion execute and deliver to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a
written request from DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable). In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall
promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. In addition, any Note transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer or evidencing a Note that has been acquired by an
affiliate in a transaction or series of transactions not involving any public offering must, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was an owner of the Note, be in the form of a Definitive Note
and bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions in Section 2.1(d). If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may also obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global
Note upon written request in accordance with the procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream and the Registrar, as applicable. 

(1) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) shall, except
as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 

  
 -46- 

 (2) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in
a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or
exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the
principal amount not so transferred. 
 (3) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note,
(x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations
having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such
transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder
thereof. 
 (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall a Definitive Note be delivered
upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period. 

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If the
Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note
shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery: (1) (a) Dollar Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $1,030,000,000 and (b) Euro Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in aggregate principal amount of €350,000,000,
(2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and only in exchange for
Initial Notes or Additional Notes of an equal principal amount and (4) under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.6(e), Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by
one Officer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes
is to be authenticated, the holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. 
 The
Trustee may appoint an Authentication Agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate any series of Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a trust officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the
Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authentication Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the
Authentication Agent. An Authentication Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. Citibank N.A., London Branch will act as Authentication Agent with respect to the Euro Notes. 

  
 -47- 

 In case the Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable,
shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation,
or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto
with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the
successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes
surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If
Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the
Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where the Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and
exchange (the “Notes Register”). The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar”
includes any co-registrar. 
 As long as the Euro Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer shall, to the extent reasonably practicable and
permitted as a matter of law, ensure that there is a Paying Agent for the Euro Notes in a member state of the European Union (if such a state exists) that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax (1) pursuant to U.S. law in the event
definitive registered euro notes are issued or (2) pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26-27, 2000 on the taxation of savings
income or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to any such Directive. 
 So long as the Euro Notes are
listed on the Irish Stock Exchange, the Issuer will maintain a Paying Agent and Registrar satisfying the requirements of such exchange. If the Notes are listed on any other securities exchange, the Issuer will satisfy any requirement of such
securities exchange as to paying agents. So long as the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, any change in the Paying Agent or Registrar shall be notified to Holders of Notes by publication of
notices to the Holders of the Notes in a daily newspaper of general distribution in Ireland or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie). 

The Issuer shall advise the Paying Agent in writing five Business Days prior to any interest payment date of any Additional Interest payable
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying
Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain
a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Dollar Notes. Citibank, N.A., London Branch will act as the
initial Paying Agent for the Euro Notes and Citigroup Global Markets 

  
 -48- 

 
Deutschland AG will act as the initial Registrar for the Euro Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such
Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the
Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by the procedures of DTC (in the case of the Dollar Notes), Euroclear or Clearstream (in
the case of the Euro Notes) or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may
resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.4. Duties of Paying Agent. By no later than 10:00
a.m. (New York City time), with respect to the Dollar Notes, and 11:00 a.m. (London time), with respect to the Euro Notes, in each case, on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer
shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent
shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuer or other obligors on
the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer or any Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment
in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the
Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to
account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the
Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

SECTION 2.6. Holder Lists. The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Issuer, on its own behalf and on behalf of
each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and
as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). 

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein)
for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Registrar a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other
document required by this Section 2.6. The Registrar will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the Notes Register maintained by the Registrar for the purpose, and
no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such Notes Register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(e) and
2.1(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Registrar shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does
not comply with this paragraph. 
 (b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any
proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any
predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”): 

  
 -49- 

 (1) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest
therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and
that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the
Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration
provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a
beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream. 

(2) [reserved]; and 

(3) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon
receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it. 

(c) Transfers of Regulation S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (1) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein
to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information
regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144A; 
 (2) [reserved]; and 

(3) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the
Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and receipt by the Registrar or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information
satisfactory to the Issuer. 
 After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in
accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.9 or any additional certification. 
 (d)
Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of
Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (1) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted 

  
 -50- 

 
Notes Legend, (2) an Initial Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement, (3) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted
Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (4) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it and the Issuer stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in
order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note Bearing Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the
Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (a “Restricted Global
Note”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an “Unrestricted Global Note”) without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the
“Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (2) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue
date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no
longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer shall (i) provide written notice to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream and the Registrar at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange
Date, instructing DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuer shall have previously otherwise made eligible for
exchange with the DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen
(15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the
Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “ISIN”, “CUSIP” and “Common Code” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (z) the
“ISIN”, “CUSIP” and “Common Code” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the
Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged into such Unrestricted Global Notes.
At the Issuer’s written request on no less than five (5) calendar days’ notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each
Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders; provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee the information required to be included in such Automatic Exchange Notice. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6(e), during the fifteen (15) calendar day period prior to the Automatic
Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuer shall provide, and the Trustee shall be
entitled to conclusively rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular
Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.6(e), the aggregate principal
amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from
the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be cancelled following the Automatic Exchange. 

  
 -51- 

 (f) Retention of Written Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters,
notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time
upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of
Notes. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Issuer’s and
Registrar’s written request. 
 No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the
Issuer may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon
exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 3.5, 5.6 or 9.5). 
 The Issuer (and the Registrar) shall not be required to
register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 calendar days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or
(2) 15 calendar days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem
and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibits A-1 and
B-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibits A-2 and B-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes)) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note,
whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) shall, except as otherwise provided
by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to
the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No Obligation of the Trustee.
(1) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, Agent Member, a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or
its nominee or of any participant, member or Agent Member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner, Agent Member or other Person (other than the
Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the
Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial
owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the DTC, Euroclear
or Clearstream with respect to its members, participants, Agent Members and any beneficial owners. 

  
 -52- 

 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance
with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream participants, members, Agent
Members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and
to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

 SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period. 

[Date] 
 Infor (US), Inc. 

c/o Infor, Inc. 
 641 Avenue of the Americas 

New York, NY 10011 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee 
 Corporate
Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Attention: Infor (US), Inc.
Administrator 
 Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 
 with a copy
to: 
 Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 601 Lexington Avenue

 New York, New York 10022 
 Attention: Joshua N. Korff and
Michael Kim 
 Facsimile: (212) 446-6460 
 Re: Infor (US),
Inc. (the “Issuer”). 
 [        ]% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This letter
relates to Notes represented by a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of April 1, 2015 relating to the Notes (the
“Indenture”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of [$][€][            ] principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are
hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s interest in the principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We
certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuer. 

  
 -53- 

 The Trustee and the Issuer are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation
S. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

[Name of Transferor]

		
	By:		 
		
			Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.8. Reserved. 

SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. 

[Date] 
 Infor (US), Inc. 

c/o Infor, Inc. 
 641 Avenue of the Americas 

New York, NY 10011 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee 
 Corporate
Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Attention: Infor (US), Inc.
Administrator 
 Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 
 Re: Infor
(US), Inc. (the “Issuer”). 
 [            ] % Senior Notes
due 2022 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of [$]/[€] [            ]
aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and,
accordingly, we represent that: 
 (a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person
acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on
our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 

  
 -54- 

 (c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in
contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or
Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be. 

We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuer and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is][is not] an
Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 The Trustee and the Issuer are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

  

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

[Name of Transferor]

		
	By:		 
		
			Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.10. Reserved. 

SECTION 2.11. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a
Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the
Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer and the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered
a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a
“protected purchaser”), (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and (d) provides an indemnity bond, as more fully described below; provided, however, if after the delivery of such
replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuer shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person
to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the
Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee, Registrar and any agents and (ii) the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the
Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the 

  
 -55- 

 
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal
amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is
about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any
new Note under this Section 2.11, the Issuer may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of
counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith. 
 Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.11, every new
Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.11, in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the
Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 The provisions of this Section 2.11 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with
respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes. Notes
outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee (or the Authentication Agent in the case of the Euro Notes) except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and
those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are
outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 12.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee (or the Authentication Agent in the case of the Euro Notes) shall be protected in making a
determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall not be
considered outstanding. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee (or the Authentication Agent in the case of the Euro Notes) and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be
outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.11. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates to the extent
required by law and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions
thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof)
cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.13. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes
are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee (or the Authentication Agent in the case of Euro Notes) shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary
Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall
authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for that 

  
 -56- 

 
purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt
of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.14. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may
deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes
surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the
Trustee). If the Issuer or any Guarantor acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for
cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange. 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased
or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the relevant Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for
Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and
records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

SECTION 2.15. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided
for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Issuer
maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same
becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at
the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

 (a) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer
shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.15(a). Thereupon the Issuer shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for
the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 20 calendar days and not less than 15 calendar days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of
the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted
Interest and the Special Record Date and Special 

  
 -57- 

 
Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.2, not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of
such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b). 

(b) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of
any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), such
manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, each Note
delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

SECTION 2.16. CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” or
“Common Code” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such
notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, ISIN, and Common Code numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN and
Common Code numbers. 
 ARTICLE III 

COVENANTS 
 SECTION 3.1.
Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if
any, and interest (including Additional Interest) shall be considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on such date the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all
principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) then due and the Trustee or the applicable Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on
overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder. 

SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness. 

(a) The Issuer and Holdings will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer, Holdings and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto
(including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than 2.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that
Non-

  
 -58- 

 
Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness under this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an
aggregate of the greater of (a) $150.0 million and (b) 2.5% of Total Assets of Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors would be outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time. 

(b) Section 3.2(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or
created under any Credit Facility), and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) $3,850 million, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of
any Indebtedness permitted under this Section 3.2(b)(1) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including, without limitation, tender premiums) and other costs and
expenses (including, without limitation, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; 

(2) Guarantees by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings, the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; 

(3) Indebtedness of Holdings or the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary owing to and held by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that: 

(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being
beneficially held by a Person other than Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; and 
 (ii) any sale
or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by Holdings, the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; 
 (4) Indebtedness represented by (i) the Notes (other than any Additional
Notes), including any Guarantee thereof, (ii) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (3)) outstanding on the Issue Date (including the Existing Notes), (iii) Refinancing Indebtedness
(including, in the case of the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), the Existing Notes and any Guarantee thereof, any exchange notes and related exchange guarantees to be issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement)
Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause or clauses (5), (6), (9) or (10) of this Section 3.2(b) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a), and (iv) Management Advances; 

(5) Indebtedness of (x) Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or
(y) Persons that are acquired by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after
giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either 
 (i) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a), 

  
 -59- 

 (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries
would not be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or 
 (iii) such Indebtedness
constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by Holdings, the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation 

(6) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes); 

(7) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, in an aggregate outstanding
principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i) $150.0 million and (ii) 2.5% of Total
Assets at the time of Incurrence and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; 
 (8) Indebtedness in respect of
(a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and
completion guarantees and warranties provided by Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; (b) the
honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is
extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (c) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course
of business or consistent with past practice; (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business
or consistent with past practice; and (e) any customary treasury, depositary, cash management, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or similar arrangements in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 
 (9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for
guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or
assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition);
provided that the maximum liability of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of
non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 

(10) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all
other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance 

  
 -60- 

 
of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of Holdings, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
provided, however, that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incur
Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or cash have
been applied to make Restricted Payments; 
 (11) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount not to exceed the
greater of (i) $200.0 million or (b) 3.25% of Total Assets at any time outstanding, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; 

(12) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries to any current or
former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of
Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or any Parent Entity that is permitted by Section 3.3; 
 (13) Indebtedness of
Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business
or consistent with past practice; 
 (14) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken
together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $250.0 million and (b) 4.0% of Total Assets, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in
respect thereof; and 
 (15) Indebtedness of (a) any Securitization Subsidiary arising under any Securitization
Facility or (b) Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary arising under any Receivables Facility. 
 (c) For purposes of
determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.2: 

(1) in the event that all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) or (b), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the
clauses of Section 3.2(a) or (b); 
 (2) additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be
reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision and any related Liens are permitted to be
Incurred at the time of reclassification; 
 (3) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Credit Agreement
shall be deemed initially Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 3.2(b)(1); 
 (4) in the case of any Refinancing
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness shall not include the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including, without limitation, tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including, without
limitation, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 

  
 -61- 

 (5) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 

(6) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred
pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (b) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other
Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (7) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation
preference thereof; 
 (8) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one
provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and 

(9) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of
the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP. 
 Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted
value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the
reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any
date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be
Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and the Issuer as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, Holdings and the Issuer shall be in default of this
Section 3.2). 
 For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the
Dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed,
in the case of revolving credit debt; provided, that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if
calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not
exceed (a) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (b) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including, without limitation, tender premiums) and other costs and
expenses (including, without limitation, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) Incurred in connection with such refinancing. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if
Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such
refinancing. 

  
 -62- 

 Holdings and the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly,
Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 

For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely
because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral
or because it is guaranteed by different obligors. 
 SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) Holdings and the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of Holdings’, the Issuer’s or any
Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries) except: 

(i) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of Holdings or the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or in
options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Issuer; and 
 (ii) dividends or distributions
payable to any of Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than Holdings, the Issuer or another
Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); 
 (2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or
retire for value any Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or any Parent Entity of Holdings held by Persons other than Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled
repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement or in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation,
principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(3)); or

 (4) make any Restricted Investment; 

  
 -63- 

 (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or
Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: 

(i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom); 

(ii) Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 3.2(a) after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or 
 (iii) the aggregate
amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)(1) (without duplication), (10) and (19), but
excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication): 

(A) $150.0 million; 

(B) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from March 1, 2012 to the end of
the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of Holdings are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such
deficit); 
 (C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable
securities, received by Holdings and the Issuer from the issue or sale of their Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or as a result of a merger or consolidation with another Person subsequent to March 1,
1012 or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or the Issuer subsequent to March 1, 2012 (other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets
or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their
employees to the extent funded by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on
Section 3.3(b)(6) and (z) Excluded Contributions); 
 (D) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair
market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than to Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, the Issuer or an
employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary subsequent to March 1, 2012 of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of Holdings or the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated
Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; 

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property
received by means of: (a) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted 

  
 -64- 

 
Investments made by Holdings, the Issuer or their Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings, the Issuer or their Restricted Subsidiaries
and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings, the Issuer or their Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after March 1, 2012 or (ii) the sale (other than to Holdings,
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment and will increase
the amount available under the applicable clause of the definition of “Permitted Investment”) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after March 1, 2012; and 

(F) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after March 1, 2012,
the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith of the Issuer at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time
of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred),
other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment. 
 (b) The foregoing provisions of
Section 3.3(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”): 
 (1) the
payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of
Indebtedness if, at the date of any redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture as if it were and is deemed at such time to be a Restricted Payment at the time of such notice; 

(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock or Subordinated
Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the
substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer or Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than
through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Issuer or Holdings; provided, however, that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of
property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 3.3(a)(iii); 

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2; 

(4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of Holdings, the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2; 

  
 -65- 

 (5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary: 
 (i) from Net
Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 3.5, but only if the Issuer shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.5 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes
required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; 

(ii) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Issuer shall have first complied with Section 3.9 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the
offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or 

(iii) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the
funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in
connection with or contemplation of such acquisition); 
 (6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or
other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, Holdings or any Parent Entity held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, the Issuer, any of its
Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit
plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (6) do not exceed
(x) $35.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year, commencing with the 2012 calendar year, being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $50.0 million in any calendar year) or
(y) subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock of Holdings, the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, $50.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year
being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $75.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 

(i) the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the
Issuer or Holdings and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer or Holdings (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution), Capital Stock of any Parent Entity of the
Issuer or Holdings, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, Holdings, any of their Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity that occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such
Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(iii); plus 

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries
after the Issue Date; less 

  
 -66- 

 (iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years
pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (6); 
 and provided, further, that cancellation of
Indebtedness owing to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former members of management, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity in
connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or any Parent Entity will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in
accordance with Section 3.2; 
 (8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or
retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; 

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent Entity or other payments by Holdings, the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication): 
 (i) the amounts required for any Parent Entity to pay
any Parent Entity Expenses or any Related Taxes; or 
 (ii) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making
payments to the extent specified in Sections 3.8(b)(2), (3), (5), (11) and (12); 
 (10) the declaration and
payment by the Issuer or Holdings of, dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Issuer, Holdings or any Parent Entity (and any equivalent declaration and payment of a distribution of any security exchangeable for such common
stock or common equity interests to the extent required by the terms of any such exchangeable securities) following a public offering of such common stock or common equity interests (or such exchangeable securities, as applicable), in an amount not
to exceed 6% of the aggregate proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer or Holdings in or from any such public offering in any fiscal year; 

(11) payments by the Issuer or Holdings, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to
holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer or Holdings or any Parent Entity in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock; provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be
for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors); 

(12) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(13)(i) the declaration and payment of dividends on Designated Preferred Stock of the Issuer or Holdings issued after the
Issue Date; and (ii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (i), the amount of all dividends declared or paid pursuant to this
clause shall not exceed the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer or Holdings or the aggregate amount contributed in cash to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Issuer or Holdings,
from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; provided, further, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or declaration of such dividends on such 

  
 -67- 

 
Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such payment on a pro forma basis the Issuer or Holdings, as applicable, would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the test set forth in Section 3.2(a); 
 (14) dividends or other distributions of Capital
Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash or Cash Equivalents); 

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or
Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility; 

(16) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), (i) Restricted Payments
(including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 2.50% of Total Assets at such time, and (ii) any Restricted Payments, so long as, immediately after giving
pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment and the Incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 4.75 to 1.00;

 (17) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted
Investment; 
 (18) any Restricted Payment made in connection with paying dividends with respect to the declaration and
payment by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of cash interest with respect to the Contingent Cash Pay Notes and any accrued unpaid interest or premium thereon or any securities issued as a replacement therefor so long as the terms of
such securities are not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes as compared to the terms of the Contingent Cash Pay Notes that is being replaced (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); and 

(19) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to any Parent
Entity or Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary paying for the repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, or otherwise acquire or retire for value of all or any portion of the Contingent Cash Pay Notes or any securities issued as a
replacement therefor, in each case within twelve months of maturity, so long as the terms of such securities are not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes as compared to the terms of the Contingent Cash Pay Notes that are being replaced (as
determined in good faith by the Issuer), together with accrued and unpaid interest or premium thereon to the redemption date thereof, plus any fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including, without limitation, tender
premiums) and other costs and expenses (including, without limitation, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) related thereto. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.3, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one
of the categories of Permitted Payments described in this Section 3.3(b), or is permitted under Section 3.3(a), Holdings and the Issuer will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or
later reclassify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3. 
 The amount of all
Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined
conclusively by the Issuer acting in good faith. 

  
 -68- 

 SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (a) The Issuer and Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1)
pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) make any loans or advances to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating
distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction. 
 (b) The provisions
of Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit: 
 (1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (i) any Credit Facility,
(ii) the Existing Notes or (iii) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date; 

(2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all
or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by Holdings or the Issuer or was merged, consolidated or otherwise
combined with or into Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause (4), if another
Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

 (5) any encumbrance or restriction: (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer
of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement; (ii) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security
agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness 

  
 -69- 

 
of Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets
subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or (iii) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease
Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired; 

(7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or
disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 (8) customary provisions in leases, shareholder agreements, licenses, joint venture agreements and other similar
agreements, organizational documents and instruments; 
 (9) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of
applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority; 
 (10) any encumbrance
or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(11) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations; 

(12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred or issued
subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 that impose restrictions solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries; 

(13) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility that, in the good
faith determination of Holdings or the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility or Receivables Facility; 

(14) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to
be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than (i) the encumbrances
and restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and where, in the case of
clause (ii), either (A) the Issuer determines at the time of entry into such agreement or instrument that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuer’s ability to make principal or
interest payments on the Notes or (B) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such agreement or instrument; 

(15) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 3.6; or 

(16) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (16) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained

  
 -70- 

 
in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (16); provided, however,
that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions
contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer). 

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 

(a) The Issuer and Holdings will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless: 

(1) Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief
from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as
determined in good faith by the Issuer, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap); 

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a
Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by Holdings, the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
 (3) an amount equal to
100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied: 
 (i) to the extent Holdings, the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), (A) to prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor or any Secured Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), including Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) within 450 days from the later of (a) the date of such Asset Disposition and (b) the
receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (i), Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such
Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or (B) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that, to the
extent the Issuer redeems, repays or repurchases Pari Passu Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (B), the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7, through open-market purchases (to the
extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; and 

(ii) to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets
(including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary equal to the amount of Net Available Cash received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of (A) the date of such
Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that a binding agreement shall be 

  
 -71- 

 
treated as a permitted application of Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment with the good faith expectation that an amount equal to Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy
such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event of any Acceptable Commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such amount is applied in connection
therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later
canceled or terminated for any reason before such amount is applied, then such Net Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds; 
 provided that,
pending the final application of the amount of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) above, Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such
Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (b) The amount of any Net Available Cash from Asset
Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture. On the 451st day after the later of an
Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Indenture exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer will within 10 Business Days be required to make an offer (“Asset
Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes issued under such indenture and, to the extent the Issuer elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari
Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness,
in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as
applicable, and, with respect to the Dollar Notes, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and with respect to the Euro Notes, in minimum denominations of €100,000 and in integral multiples of
€1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, the Euro Paying Agent and each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing
in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the
specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in
such notice. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to all Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the relevant
450 days (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to any unapplied Excess Proceeds. 
 (c) To the extent that the
aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not
prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Issuer shall allocate the Excess Proceeds among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness provided that no
Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness will be selected and purchased in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Additionally, the Issuer may, at its option,
make an Asset Disposition Offer using proceeds from any Asset Disposition at any time after the consummation of such Asset Disposition. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Disposition Offer, any remaining Net Available Cash shall not be
deemed Excess Proceeds and the Issuer may use such Net Available Cash for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. 

  
 -72- 

 (d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is
denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in Dollars that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into Dollars. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 3.5, (i) to the extent that any of or all the Net Available Cash of any Asset
Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary (a “Foreign Disposition”) is (x) prohibited or delayed by applicable local law, (y) restricted by applicable organizational documents or any agreement or (z) subject to other
onerous organizational or administrative impediments from being repatriated to the United States, the portion of such Net Available Cash so affected will not be required to be applied in compliance with this Section 3.5, and such amounts may be
retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable local law, documents or agreements will not permit repatriation to the United States (the Issuer hereby agreeing to use reasonable efforts (as determined in
the Issuer’s reasonable business judgment) to otherwise cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, promptly take all actions reasonably
required by the applicable local law, applicable organizational impediments or other impediment to permit such repatriation), and if within one year following the date on which the respective payment would otherwise have been required, such
repatriation of any of such affected Net Available Cash is permitted under the applicable local law, applicable organizational impediment or other impediment, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Available Cash will
be promptly (and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such repatriation could be made) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) (whether or not repatriation actually occurs) in
compliance with this Section 3.5 and (ii) to the extent that the Issuer has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Available Cash of any Foreign Disposition would have an adverse Tax consequence (which for the
avoidance of doubt, includes, but is not limited to, any prepayment whereby doing so the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates and/or equity owners would incur a tax liability, including a tax dividend, deemed
dividend pursuant to Code Section 956 or a withholding tax), the Net Available Cash so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary. The non-application of any prepayment amounts as a consequence of the foregoing provisions
will not, for the avoidance of doubt, constitute a Default or an Event of Default. 
 (e) For the purposes of Section 3.5(a)(2) hereof,
the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities
contingent or otherwise of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor) and the release of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other
liability in connection with such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) securities, notes or other obligations received by Holdings, the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer from the transferee that are converted by Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; 

(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition,
to the extent that Holdings, the Issuer and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; 

(4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue
Date from Persons who are not Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (5) any Designated Non-Cash
Consideration received by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is
at that time outstanding, 

  
 -73- 

 
not to exceed the greater of $175.0 million and 2.75% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 (f) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws, rules and regulations (and rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations (or exchange rules) are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.5. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the
applicable securities laws, rules and regulations (or exchange rules) and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens. The Issuer and Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create, Incur or
permit to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) (each, an “Initial Lien”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary,
unless: 
 (a) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such
property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 
 (b) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally
and ratably secured. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its
terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any
accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and
increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness. 

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Guarantees. 

(a) The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Domestic
Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer), other than a Guarantor, to Guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor, if any, or solely
with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than Holdings or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries) become a direct obligor of Indebtedness, unless: 

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture and a joinder
or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the
same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee; and 

  
 -74- 

 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until
payment in full of Obligations under this Indenture; 
 provided that this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable (i) to any guarantee of any
Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) in the event that the Guarantee of
the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture by such Subsidiary would not be permitted under applicable law. 

(b) The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a
Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall only be required to comply with the 30-day period described in Section 3.7(a)(1). 
 If
any Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary, the Issuer shall have the right, by execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture to the Trustee, to cause such Immaterial Subsidiary to cease to be a Guarantor, subject to the requirements of
Section 3.7(a) that such Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor if it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary (except that if such Subsidiary has been properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary it shall not be so required to
become a Guarantor or execute a supplemental indenture); provided, further, that such Immaterial Subsidiary shall not be permitted to Guarantee the Credit Agreement or other Indebtedness of the Issuer or the other Guarantors, unless it
again becomes a Guarantor. 
 SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. 

(a) The Issuer and Holdings will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or
conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of
$10.0 million unless: 
 (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable
to Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s
length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and 
 (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an
aggregate value in excess of $15.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings. 

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 3.8(a)(2) if such Affiliate
Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of Holdings, if any. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 3.8(a) above
shall not apply to: 
 (1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3, or any Permitted
Investment; 
 (2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or
other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related
trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuer, any Restricted 

  
 -75- 

 
Subsidiary or any Parent Entity, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans
(including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of
Directors of Holdings or the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice; 

(3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto; 

(4) any transaction between or among Holdings, the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) the payment of
compensation, fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of Holdings,
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees); 

(6) the entry into and performance of obligations of Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries under the
terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended,
renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect; 

(7) any customary transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or
Receivables Facility and any disposition of Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing and any repurchase of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation; 

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the
ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, which are fair to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

(9) any transaction between or among Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of
Holdings, the Issuer or an Associate or similar entity solely because Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of Holdings, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity
interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity; 
 (10) issuances or sales of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to
capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) (i) payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any
Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly) of annual customary management, consulting, monitoring, refinancing, subsequent transaction exit fees, advisory fees and related costs and expenses and indemnities in connection therewith

  
 -76- 

 
and (ii) customary payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent Entity) for financial advisory,
financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; 

(12) payment to any Permitted Holder of all out of pocket expenses Incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its
direct or indirect investment in the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (13) the Transactions and the payment of all costs and
expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) related to the Transactions; 
 (14)
transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a
financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(1); 
 (15) the existence of, or the performance by
Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date
and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the
equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause (15) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous
to the Holders in any material respects; 
 (16) any purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock of Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the
Issuer’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates; 

(17)(i) investments by Affiliates in securities of Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment
of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith so long as the investment is being offered by Holdings, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the
same or more favorable terms) and (ii) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities of Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other
than Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities; 

(18) payments by Holdings (and any Parent Entity), the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing
agreements or other equity agreements in respect of Related Taxes among Holdings (and any such Parent Entity), the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and
its Subsidiaries; 
 (19) transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such
Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 3.20; and 
 (20) any
Intercompany License Agreements. 

  
 -77- 

 SECTION 3.9. Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently delivered an unconditional (or conditional solely on the
consummation of the applicable Change of Control) redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.7(e), the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below
(the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of
repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver notice of such
Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, Euroclear or
Clearstream, as applicable, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier
than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of the
Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9(f). 
 (b) The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws, rules and regulations (and rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) thereunder to the extent such laws, rules or regulations (or exchange rules) are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws, rules or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange rules) and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law, 

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered, and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so
accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer. 

(d) The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of the Notes tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee
will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a
principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof or €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof in the case of the Euro Notes. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of
Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (e) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or
after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at
the close of business on such record date. 

  
 -78- 

 (f) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of
Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases
all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture in accordance with Section 5.7 unless and until there is a
default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable redemption date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control
Offer. 
 (g) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such
Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in Section 3.9(f), purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the
Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that
remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption. 

(h) While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a
Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, subject to its rules and regulations. 

(i) If and for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Global
Exchange, the Issuer will publish notices relating to the Change of Control Offer in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Ireland or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notices on the official website of the
Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie). 
 SECTION 3.10. Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), from and after the Issue Date, Holdings will furnish to the Trustee, within 15 days after the time periods specified below: 

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports of Holdings containing substantially all of the financial
information that would have been required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if Holdings had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information was provided in the
Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, quarterly reports of Holdings
containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if Holdings had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent
similar information was provided in the Offering Memorandum), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared
in accordance with GAAP; and 

  
 -79- 

 (3) within the time periods specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K
after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a current report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if Holdings had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of
the information that would have been required to be contained in a current report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if Holdings had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no such current report will be
required to be furnished if Holdings determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to Holders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole; provided, further, however, that such reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the
SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) and (B) will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X
promulgated by the SEC. 
 (b) At any time that any of the Subsidiaries of Holdings are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and
annual reports required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Holdings. 
 (c) So long as any notes are outstanding, Holdings will also: 

(1) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three Business Days prior to the first
public disclosure of the annual and quarterly reports required by Sections 3.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof announcing the date on which such reports will become publicly available and directing Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and
securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of Holdings to obtain copies of such reports; 
 (2) within 10
Business Days after furnishing to the Trustee the annual and quarterly reports required by Sections 3.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof, hold a conference call to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; 

(3) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of
the conference call required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, prospective investors,
broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at Holdings to obtain such information; and 
 (4)
maintain a website (which may be password protected) to which Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given access and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this “Reports” covenant
are posted. 
 (d) In addition, Holdings shall furnish to Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their
request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 

(e) This Indenture will permit Holdings to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to Holdings
by furnishing financial information relating to a Parent Entity; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Entity, on
the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. For the avoidance of doubt, the consolidating information referred to in the proviso in the preceding sentence need not
be audited. 

  
 -80- 

 (f) If and so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange
and admitted for trading on the Global Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, copies of the reports, information and documents required under the paragraph above shall be made available at the offices of the listing agent in
Ireland or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, or such reports, information and documents shall be posted on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie). 

SECTION 3.11. [Reserved]. 

SECTION 3.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. So long as the Euro
Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, the Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at 50
South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402, shall be such office or agency of either of the Issuer, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuer hereby designates
the office of the Paying Agent for the Euro Notes, which initially shall be located at Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, as such office or agency for the Euro Notes. The
Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders. 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

SECTION 3.13. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article III, Article IV and Section 10.2(b), the Issuer
will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter
and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited
liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective Board of Directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would
not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior management of the Issuer determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the
loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 
 SECTION 3.14. Payment of Taxes. The
Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary; provided, however,
that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for
which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders. 

  
 -81- 

 SECTION 3.15. Payments for Consent. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the Guarantees unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 SECTION 3.16. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officer’s Certificate, one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Issuer, stating
that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default
that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the
Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer shall also comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4). 

SECTION 3.17. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or
requirements, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 3.18. Conduct of Business. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any
businesses other than any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or any reasonable extension
thereof. 
 SECTION 3.19. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in
any event within 30 days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Issuer is
taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 3.20. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer
may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default or an Event of Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of
all outstanding Investments owned by Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the
amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at
that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default or an Event
of Default. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 3.3. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date and, if
such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 3.2, the Issuer will be in default of such covenant. 

  
 -82- 

 The Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will
only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 3.2, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default
would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding
conditions. 
 SECTION 3.21. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. Holdings, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the
extent that they may lawfully do so) that they will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force,
that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that they will
not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

SECTION 3.22. Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status. 

(a) Following the first day that the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing under this Indenture, then beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3)
(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 
 (b) If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status, then
the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any
calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants
shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain Investment Grade Status); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of Holdings, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any
actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.
The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 

(c) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date,
so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.2(b)(4)(ii). On or after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount
available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the
Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a). In addition, any future obligation to grant further Guarantees shall be released. All such further obligation to grant Guarantees shall
be reinstated upon the Reversion Date. No Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by Holdings, the Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension
Period. 

  
 -83- 

 SECTION 3.23. Payment of Additional Amounts. The Issuer shall, subject to the exceptions
and limitations set forth below, pay as additional interest on the Euro Notes such additional amounts as are necessary in order that the net payment by the Issuer or any applicable withholding agent of the principal of and interest on the Euro Notes
to a beneficial owner who is not a United States person (as defined below), after deduction for any present or future Tax of the United States or a political subdivision or taxing authority of or within the United States, imposed by withholding with
respect to the payment, will not be less than the amount provided in the Euro Notes to be then due and payable; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay additional amounts shall not apply: 

(a) to any Tax that is imposed or withheld solely by reason of the holder or beneficial owner being considered as: 

(1) having a current or former connection with the United States, including being or having been a citizen or resident of the
United States; 
 (2) being or having been a foreign or domestic personal holding company, a passive foreign investment
company or a controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States, or a corporation that has accumulated earnings to avoid United States federal income tax; 

(3) being or having been a “10-percent shareholder” of the Issuer as defined in section 871(h)(3) or section
881(c)(3) of the Code; or 
 (4) being a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement
entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business; 
 (b) to any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed under sections 1471 through
1474 of the Code, as of the date of the Offering Memorandum (or any amended or successor version to the extent that such version is substantively comparable) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof; 

(c) to any holder that is not the sole beneficial owner of the Euro Notes, or a portion of the Euro Notes, or that is a fiduciary or
partnership, but only to the extent that a beneficial owner, a beneficiary or settlor with respect to the fiduciary, or a member of a partnership would not have been entitled to the payment of an additional amount had the beneficial owner,
beneficiary, settlor, or member received directly its beneficial or distribute share of the payment, and only if there is no material cost or legal restriction associated with transferring the Euro Notes to such beneficial owner, beneficiary,
settlor, or member; 
 (d) to any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the failure of the holder or beneficial owner, following the
Issuer’s written request addressed to the holder or beneficial owner (and made at time that would enable the holder or beneficial owner to comply with that request, and in all events, at least 45 days before any such withholding or deduction
would be required on payments to the holder or beneficial owner), to comply with certification, identification or information reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder
or beneficial owner of the Euro Notes, if compliance is required by statute, by regulation of the United States Treasury Department, or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the United States is a party as a precondition to exemption from such
Tax, but, in each case, only to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to provide such certification, identification or information; 

(e) to any Tax that is imposed otherwise than by withholding from payments to a holder or beneficial owner under, or with respect to, the Euro
Notes; 
 (f) to any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or similar Taxes; 

  
 -84- 

 (g) where withholding or deduction is imposed on a payment and is required to be made pursuant to
European Union Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, that Directive; 

(h) to any Tax required to be withheld from any payment of principal of or interest on any Euro Note, if such payment can be made without such
withholding by at least one other available paying agent; 
 (i) to any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the presentation by the
holder for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the date on which payment becomes due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is first made available for payment to the holder or the date (except to the extent
that the holder would have been entitled to additional amounts had the Euro Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period); or 

(j) in the case of any combination of items (a) through (i). 

The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor (if it is the applicable withholding agent) shall make all withholdings and deductions required by law
and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain tax receipts from each taxing authority
evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee (or to a holder upon written request), within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or
withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not available, other evidence of payments by
such entity. 
 Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the
Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of additional amounts described under this Section 3.23 to the extent
that, in such context, such additional amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 As used in this Section 3.23, the
term “United States” means the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia) and its territories, possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction, and the term “United States person” means
any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (other than a partnership that is
not treated as a United States person under any applicable Treasury regulations), or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source. 

ARTICLE IV 
 SUCCESSOR
COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON 
 SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation. 

(a) The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any
Person, unless: 
 (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a
Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Issuer under the
Notes and this Indenture; 

  
 -85- 

 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the applicable Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the applicable Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the applicable Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the
time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (3) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, either (a) Holdings and the Issuer would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) hereof or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower than
it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and 
 (4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental indenture (if
any) is a legal and binding agreement enforceable against the applicable Successor Company; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to
satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above. 
 (b) For purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment,
transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer. 

(c) The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture
but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Issuer will not be released from its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence),
(i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine
with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (a)(2) and (a)(3) (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), the Issuer may
consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Issuer, reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Issuer.

 (e) The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of clause (a)(2)) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
 (f) No Guarantor may: 

(1) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person; or 

(2) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, to any Person; or 
 (3) permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor, unless 

(i) the other Person is the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with
the transaction; or 

  
 -86- 

 (ii) (A) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the
resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes; and 

(B) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or 

(iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor
or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE V 
 REDEMPTION OF
SECURITIES 
 SECTION 5.1. Notices to Trustee. 

(a) If the Issuer elects or is required to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 3.5, 3.9, 5.7 or 5.9 hereof, they must furnish to the Trustee, at
least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the
clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the redemption date; 

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 

(b) Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be canceled by the Issuer at any time prior to notice of
redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void. 
 SECTION 5.2. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or
Purchased. 
 (a) If less than all of the Dollar Notes and/or the Euro Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the Notes for
redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee by the Issuer, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as
applicable, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, prescribes no method
of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Dollar Note in an authorized denomination of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part or in the case of the Euro Notes no authorized
denomination of €100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. The Euro Paying Agent may perform the functions of the Trustee related to redemptions with respect to the Euro Notes; provided that money held by
the Euro Paying Agent in connection with such redemptions need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(b) In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein,
not less than 35 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

  
 -87- 

 (c) The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 (in the
case of Dollar Notes) and will be in amounts of €100,000 or whole multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof (in the case of Euro Notes); except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount
of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 (in the case of Dollar Notes) or €1,000 in the case of Euro Notes, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that
apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 SECTION 5.3.
Notice of Redemption. 
 (a) Notices of redemption will be delivered electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 15 but not
more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance
of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or XI hereof, as applicable. In addition, for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so
require, the Issuer shall publish notice of redemption or in a daily newspaper with general circulation in Ireland or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, on the official website of the Irish Stock
Exchange (www.ise.ie). 
 (b) The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers) to be redeemed
and will state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of
this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 

(c) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal
amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to
decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained 

  
 -88- 

 
therein), Notes called for redemption will become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption payment,
interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 
 (d) For Notes which are represented by global
certificates held on behalf of DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, notice may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in accordance with their applicable procedures for communications
to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing. 
 (e) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice
of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee, at least 25 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree but in no event
less than 20 days), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

SECTION 5.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof, Notes called
for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to,
completion of an Equity Offering (in the case of redemption pursuant to Section 5.7(b) hereof) or Change of Control (in the case of purchase pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof), as the case may be. 

SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

(a) Prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time (in the case of the Dollar Notes) or 11:00 a.m. London Time (in the case of the Euro Notes) on the
redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the applicable Paying Agent money in U.S. Dollars (in the case of Dollar Notes) and euros (in the case of Euro Notes) sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of
and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer
in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest and
Additional Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date,
then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or
purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1 hereof. 
 SECTION 5.6. Notes
Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee (or the Authentication Agent in the case of any Euro Notes) will authenticate
for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, that each such new Dollar Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof and that each such new Euro Note will be in a principal amount of €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. 

SECTION 5.7. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 5.7 or Section 5.9, the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer. 

  
 -89- 

 (b) At any time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part,
at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, to the redemption date. 
 (c) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the
Notes, in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest,
if any, on the notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below 
  

									
	 12-month period commencing May 15 in Year
	  	Dollar
Notes
Percentage	 	 	Euro
Notes
Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.250	% 	 	 	102.875	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.625	% 	 	 	101.438	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 	 	 	100.000	% 

 (d) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem (i) the Dollar
Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 106.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for
all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes (including Additional Notes that are Dollar Notes) and (ii) the Euro Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity
Offering at a redemption price equal to 105.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate
principal amount of the Euro Notes (including Additional Notes that are Euro Notes), provided that: 
 (1) in each
case, the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and 
 (2) (i) in
the case of Dollar Notes not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Dollar Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) and (ii) in the case of Euro Notes, not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Euro Notes held by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries). 
 (e) Notice of any redemption of the Notes in connection with a corporate transaction (including an
Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness or a Change of Control) may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if
applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the
event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the
Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 

  
 -90- 

 (f) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the
related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be
subject to redemption by the Issuer. 
 (g) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue
on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (h) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6. 
 SECTION 5.8. Mandatory Redemption. The
Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided, however, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under
Sections 3.5 and 3.9. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
 SECTION 5.9.
Redemption for Tax Reasons. If, as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated under the laws) of the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United
States), or any change in, or amendments to, an official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective after the date of the Offering
Memorandum, the Issuer becomes or, based upon a written opinion of independent tax counsel will become, obligated to pay additional amounts as described herein under Section 3.23 with respect to the Euro Notes, then the Issuer may at any time
at its option redeem, in whole but not in part, the Euro Notes on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with interest accrued but unpaid on those Euro Notes to
the date fixed for redemption. 
 ARTICLE VI 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. 

(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30
days; 
 (2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture
when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (3)
failure to comply for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes with any agreement or obligation contained in this Indenture; provided
that in the case of a failure to comply with Section 3.10 such period of continuance of such default or breach shall be 120 days after written notice described in this Section 6.1(a)(3) has been given; 

  
 -91- 

 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be
issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than
Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default: 

(i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any
applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or 
 (ii) results in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity; 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75.0 million or more; 

(5) failure by the Issuer or a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the
latest audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million other than any judgments covered by
indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such
judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(6) any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture, a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture or in connection with the bankruptcy of
a Guarantor, so long as the aggregate assets of such Guarantor and any other Guarantor whose Note Guarantee ceased or ceases to be in full force as a result of a bankruptcy are less than $75.0 million; 

(7) the Issuer or any Guarantor that is Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the
latest audited consolidated financial statements for Holdings, the Issuer and their Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property; 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(v) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or 

(vi) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; and 

  
 -92- 

 (8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken
together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially all of its property; 

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 

(iv) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect
for 60 consecutive days. 
 However, a Default under Sections 6.1(a)(3) through (5) will not constitute an Event of Default until the
Trustee or the Holders of 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the Default and, with respect to Sections 6.1(a)(3) and (5), the Issuer does not cure such Default within the time specified in Sections 6.1(a)(3) and
(5), as applicable, after receipt of such notice. 
 If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in
connection with another default (the “Initial Default”) occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another
default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured without any further action. Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 3.10 or otherwise to deliver any
notice or certificate pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within
the prescribed period specified in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. 

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(7) or (8) above) occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, including
Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. 

(b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(4) above has
occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) above shall be remedied or cured,
or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the
annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest,
if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 

  
 -93- 

 (c) If an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(7) or (8) above occurs and is
continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding
at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain
a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the
right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written
notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in
respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with
any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, interest or Additional Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the
acceleration, (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, Additional Interest, if any, and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration,
has been paid, (4) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described
in Section 6.1(a)(4), the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any
right consequent thereto. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or,
subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees
and expenses) caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. 

(a) Subject to Section 6.7, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

  
 -94- 

 (2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or
indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such
request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder
(it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or
provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clauses (a)(1) or (a)(2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the extent
lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such
proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to
participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. 

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 

(a) If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI it shall pay out the money or property in the following
order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due to it under Section 7.7; 

  
 -95- 

 SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, or
premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional
Interest), respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the Issuer, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to
such Guarantor. 
 (b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At
least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

ARTICLE VII 
 TRUSTEE

 SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad
faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions
to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own
willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.1; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer
unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

  
 -96- 

 (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and 
 (4) No provision of
this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it
shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this
Section 7.1. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing
with the Issuer. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall
be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to
Section 7.1: 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuer as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or
analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuer. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts
or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of
Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly by or through
its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or
opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes in good faith and in accordance
with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or
whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant
Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 3.12, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

  
 -97- 

 (g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including,
without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(h) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. 

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the
Trustee. 
 (j) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or
established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively
rely upon an Officer’s Certificate. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in
any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Issuer
and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 

(m) The Trustee may request that the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of
officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (n) In no event shall the Trustee be
liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

 (o) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be
sufficient if signed by one Officer of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any
other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent
may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the
Trustee or any money paid to the Issuer pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, shall not be responsible for the actions of any Authentication Agent or Registrar other than the Trustee, and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer
in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 

  
 -98- 

 SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is
informed of such occurrence by the Issuer, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days after being notified by the Issuer. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest or
Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Issuer is required to
deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuer is required to deliver to the
Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which they are aware which would constitute certain Defaults its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. 

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 31 beginning May 31, 2016, the Trustee shall mail
to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with TIA Section 313(c). 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes
are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify the Trustee promptly in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 313(d). 

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services hereunder
and under the Notes as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon
request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such
expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee. The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims
or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith, as determined by
a court of competent jurisdiction, on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this
Section 7.7), the Notes and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received
written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the
defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if it assumes the
Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee in connection with such defense. 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s respective right
to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuer. 

  
 -99- 

 The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the
discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.8. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs fees, expenses or renders
services after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (a)(7) or clause (a)(8) of Section 6.1, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and agents) are intended to constitute expenses of administration
under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in
writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the
effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuer’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not
reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall
mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Issuer, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuer’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding
the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction
of any successor Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by
this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such

  
 -100- 

 
Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any
predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply
to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This
Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most
recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other
securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding
any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated. 

SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from
the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days
after the date any Officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the
Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 
 SECTION
7.13. Co-Trustees and Separate Trustees. 
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time or times, for the
purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction, the Issuer and the Trustee shall have the power to appoint one or more Persons to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustees, in either case with such
powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this
Section 7.13. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 7.10 except as may be required under applicable law and no notice to Holders of the
appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 7.8. 
 (b) Every co-trustee or separate trustee
shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms, namely: 
 (i)
The Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee (in
the case of the Dollar Notes) or with the Common Depositary (in the case of the Euro Notes) hereunder, shall be exercised solely, by the Trustee (in the case of the Dollar Notes) or the Common Depositary (in the case of the Euro Notes). 

(ii) The rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed
upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee, jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee or separate trustee, except

  
 -101- 

 
to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such
rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee or separate trustee. 
 (iii) The
Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Issuer, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed under this Section 7.13, and, in case an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee or separate trustee without the concurrence of the Issuer. Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall join with
the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal. A successor to any co-trustee or separate trustee so resigned or removed may be appointed in the
manner provided in this Section 7.13. 
 (iv) No trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or
omission of any other trustee hereunder. 
 (v) Any notice, request, other writing or act of Holders delivered to the
Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE
AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance. The Issuer may, at
its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 

SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to
this Section 8.2, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Dollar
Notes (including the Guarantees) and/or Euro Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and
the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by such outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of
Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on
written demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4 hereof; 

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II concerning issuing temporary Notes,
registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.12 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, immunities and indemnities of the Trustee and the Issuer’s or Guarantors’
obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to Legal Defeasance.

  
 -102- 

 Subject to compliance with this Section 8.2, the Issuer may exercise its option under this
Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof. 
 SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance.
Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be
released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.20, 3.22 and Section 4.1 (except Sections 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)) hereof with respect to the outstanding Dollar
Notes and/or Euro Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and such Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the
purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this
purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall
not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise
under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(a)(3) (other than with respect to Sections 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)),
6.1(a)(4), 6.1(a)(7), 6.1(a)(8) (with respect only to a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(5) and 6.1(a)(6) hereof shall not constitute Events
of Default. 
 SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance under either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof: 
 (a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit in trust for the benefit
of the Holders, (i) in respect of the Dollar Notes, with the Trustee, cash in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, or (ii) in respect of the Euro Notes, with the Euro Paying Agent or the Trustee (including any
co-trustee or separate trustee), cash in euro, European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in each case, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay
the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether
such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; provided that money so deposited need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law; 

(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions: 
 (1) the Issuer has received from, or there has been
published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the issuance of such Notes, there has
been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law; 
 (3) in either case to the effect that, and based thereon
such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall state that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes, in their capacity as Holders of the Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 -103- 

 (c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders, in their capacity as Holders of the Notes, will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as
a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the
granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 
 (e) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor
is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (f) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel stating that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Sections 546 or 547 of Title 11 of the United States
Code, as amended; 
 (g) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and 

(h) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United
States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied
with. 
 SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to
Section 8.6 hereof, all money and Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to
Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including
the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for
the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee
will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed 

  
 -104- 

 
in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required
to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Issuer. Any money
deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal,
premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such
trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such
trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause
to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. 
 SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement. If the
Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollars or euros or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred
pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the
Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such
payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENTS 
 SECTION 9.1.
Without Consent of Holders. 
 (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to its
Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee, as applicable, may amend, supplement or modify any Note Documents without the consent of any Holder to: 

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to any provision under the
heading “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Memorandum or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes; 

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under any Note
Document; 
 (3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(4) add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred
upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -105- 

 (5) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in
any material respect; 
 (6) at the Issuer’s election, comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, if such qualification is required; 
 (7) make such provisions as necessary
(as determined in good faith by the Issuer) for the issuance of Exchange Notes or Additional Notes; 
 (8) to provide for
any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 3.2, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or
retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture; 

(9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the
requirements hereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document; or 
 (10) to make any amendment to
the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes and the Exchange Notes; provided,
however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not adversely affect the
rights of Holders to transfer Notes in any material respect. 
 Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request of the Issuer and upon receipt
by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors, if applicable, in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other
Note Documents unless such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its
discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents. 

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing
such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1. 

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. 

(a) Except as provided in this Section 9.2, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement any Note Documents with
the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and issued under this Indenture, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, such Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, or
interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for such Notes); provided, however, that, if any
amendment, supplement, modification or waiver will only affect the Dollar Notes or the Euro Notes, only the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in 

  
 -106- 

 
principal amount of the then-outstanding Dollar Notes or Euro Notes (and not the consent of the Holders of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required.
Section 2.12 hereof and Section 12.6 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2. 

Upon the request of the Issuer and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors, if applicable, in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to
the other Note Documents unless such amended or supplemental indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee
may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture or amendment or supplement to the other Note Documents. 

Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes issued thereunder
and held by a nonconsenting Holder: 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment; 
 (2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than
provisions relating to Section 3.5 and Section 3.9); 
 (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity
of any such Note (other than provisions relating to Change of Control and Asset Dispositions); 
 (4) reduce the premium
payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as set forth in Section 5.7; 

(5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note; 

(6) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of and interest on such
Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor; 
 (7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the
nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); or 
 (8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent
described in this Section 9.2. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in
connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange. 
 After an
amendment or supplement under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair
or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement. 

  
 -107- 

 The Issuer will, if and for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange, to
the extent required by the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, inform the Irish Stock Exchange of any of the foregoing amendments, supplements and waivers and provide, if necessary, a supplement to the Offering Memorandum setting forth reasonable
details in connection with any such amendments, supplements or waivers. 
 If and for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish
Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will publish notice of any amendment, supplement and waiver in a daily newspaper with general circulation in Ireland or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules,
post such notice on the official website of the Irish Stock Exchange (www.ise.ie). 
 SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture
Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it
by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made
on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or
take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their
duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent
shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The
Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate new Notes
that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the
validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any
amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental
indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.4 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms. 

  
 -108- 

 ARTICLE X 

GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 10.1.
Guarantee. Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each
Holder of the Notes, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes and all
other obligations and liabilities of the Issuer under this Indenture (including without limitation interest (including Additional Interest) accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency,
reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7), and the Registration Rights
Agreement (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor,
except to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness. 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of
such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof
shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If
an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in
part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives
notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 Each
Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the
Guaranteed Obligations. 
 Except as set forth in Section 10.2, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject
to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense
of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of
each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other person under this Indenture, the
Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement;
(d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuer; (g) any
default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk
of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

  
 -109- 

 Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until
payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.2, Article VIII or Article XI. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue
to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be
restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 
 In furtherance of the foregoing and not in
limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal
to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent
not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for
post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding). 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on
the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction
or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or
not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee. 
 Each Guarantor also
agrees to pay any and all fees, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. 

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to
the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of
such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal,
foreign or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) Any
Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: 
 (1) a sale or
other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise
permitted by this Indenture; 
 (2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -110- 

 (3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes pursuant to Article VIII or
Article XI; 
 (4) to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of
clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the release of the guarantee referred to in such clause; 

(5) such Guarantor being released from all of (i) its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Issuer of
any Indebtedness of the Issuer under the Credit Agreement or (ii) in the case of a Note Guarantee made by a Guarantor (each, an “Other Guarantee”) as a result of its guarantee of other Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor
pursuant to Section 3.7, the relevant Indebtedness, except in the case of (i) or (ii), a release as a result of the repayment in full of the Indebtedness specified in clause (i) or (ii) (it being understood that a release subject
to a contingent reinstatement is still considered a release, and if any such Indebtedness of such Guarantor under the Credit Agreement or any Other Guarantee is so reinstated, such Note Guarantee shall also be reinstated); or 

(6) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Note Guarantee shall be reinstated
upon the Reversion Date. 
 SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor
shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuer or any other Guarantor who has not paid its
proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the
Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. 
 SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or
payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuer or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by
the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor
hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the
Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be
turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations. 

ARTICLE XI  

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

SECTION 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Dollar
Notes and/or Euro Notes issued hereunder, when: 
 (a) either: 

(1) all Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed
Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Issuer), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  
 -111- 

 (2) all Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity or (iii) are to be called for redemption
within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee (and the Euro Paying Agent, if applicable), in the name, and at the expense of the Issuer; 

(b) the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the
benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in the case of Dollar Notes, and with the Euro Paying Agent or the Trustee (including any co-trustee or separate trustee) money in euros or European
Obligations or a combination thereof, as applicable, in the case of Euro Notes, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not previously
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; 

(c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer under this Indenture; and 

(d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such
Notes issued hereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent under this Article XI relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on an
Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including compliance with Section 11.1(a), (b) and (d)). 
 Notwithstanding any
other provision herein, for the avoidance of doubt, the Indenture may be satisfied and discharged with respect to either the Euro Notes or the Dollar Notes regardless of whether any other tranche of Notes remains outstanding. 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(2) of
this Section 11.1, the provisions of Sections 11.2 and 8.6 hereof will survive. 
 SECTION 11.2. Application of Trust Money.
Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for
whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 hereof by reason of
any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -112- 

 ARTICLE XII  

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION
12.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the
TIA shall control. Each Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA. 

SECTION 12.2. Notices. Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or
the Notes shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in pdf format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 

if to the Issuer or to any Guarantor: 

Infor (US), Inc. 
 c/o Infor,
Inc. 
 641 Avenue of the Americas 

New York, NY 10011 
 Attention:
Chief Financial Officer 
 with a copy to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 

601 Lexington Avenue 
 New York,
New York 10022 
 Attention: Joshua N. Korff 

Facsimile: (212) 446-6460 

if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof located
at: 
 Wilmington Trust, National Association 

Corporate Capital Markets 
 50
South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 
 Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 

Attention: Infor (US), Inc. Administrator 

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 

if to the Paying Agent for the Euro Notes: 

Citibank, N.A., London Branch 

Citigroup Centre 
 Canada Square,
Canary Wharf 
 London E14 5LB 

United Kingdom 
 The Issuer or
the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

  
 -113- 

 Any notice or communication to the Issuer or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or
made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically, in pdf format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and seven calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid
(except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt. 

Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register
and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any
defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be
effective only upon receipt. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides
for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable (or its designee)
pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, or its designee. 
 In addition, if and for so long
as any of the Euro Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange so require, notices with respect to the Euro Notes listed on the Irish Stock Exchange will be published on the official website of the Irish
Stock Exchange or in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Ireland (which is expected to be in the Irish Times) or if, such publication is not practicable, in an English language newspaper having general circulation in Europe. For so
long as any Euro Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders of the Euro Notes will be delivered to Euroclear and Clearstream, delivery of which shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph, each of which will give
such notices to the holders of book-entry interests. 
 SECTION 12.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Holders may
communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 

SECTION 12.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the
Guarantors to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with. 

SECTION 12.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or
condition provided for in this Indenture (other than a Certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include: 

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 -114- 

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement
that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public
officials. 
 SECTION 12.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall
be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be
considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 12.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable
rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 12.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking
institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or the state of the place of payment. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest
shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION
12.9. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, INCLUDING ANY NOTE GUARANTEES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

SECTION 12.10. Jurisdiction. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuer or any
Guarantor brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any
thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit,
action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts
whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or
proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a
suit upon such judgment. 
 SECTION 12.11. Waivers of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY
COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. 

  
 -115- 

 SECTION 12.12. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with
Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or
legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act. 

SECTION 12.13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the
federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
 SECTION 12.14. Successors. All
agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

SECTION 12.15. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original,
but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and
may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 12.16. Qualification of Indenture. The Issuer has agreed to qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and to pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited
to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other
documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
 SECTION 12.17.
Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and
shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 12.18. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be
responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of
war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee
shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 -116- 

 SECTION 12.19. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

[Signature on following pages] 

  
 -117- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date
and year first written above. 
  

					
	INFOR (US), INC.
		
	By:		/s/ Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Name:		Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Title:		President

  

					
	 INFOR, INC.
 SENECA
ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARY INC. INFINIUM SOFTWARE, INC.
 INFOR (GA), INC.

INFOR PUBLIC SECTOR, INC.,
 as
Guarantors

		
	By:		/s/ Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Name:		Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Title:		President

  
 S-1 

 
					
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:		/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger
			Name:		Jane Y. Schweiger
			Title:		Vice President

  
 S-2 

 EXHIBIT A-1 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED DOLLAR NOTE] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW
YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO
ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Applicable Restricted Notes Legend] 

[Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable] 
  

			
	No.		[        ] Principal Amount $[        ] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] CUSIP NO.
                                         
           

 INFOR (US), INC. 

6.500% Senior Notes due 2022 

Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns,
the principal sum of                      Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on
May 15, 2022. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2015 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	INFOR (US), INC.
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This Dollar Note is one of the 6.500% Senior Notes due 2022 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 Dated:
                             

  
 A-1-2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF DOLLAR NOTE] 

INFOR (US), INC. 
 6.500% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2022 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation, (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.500% per annum from April 1, 2015 until maturity and
shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Dollar Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the
date of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 15, 2015. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Dollar Notes will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 In addition to the rights provided to Holders of the Dollar Notes under the
Indenture, Holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall have all rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2015, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and
the other parties named on the signature pages thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest in certain circumstances. If applicable, Additional Interest shall be paid to the same
Persons, in the same manner and at the same times as regular interest. 
 [Until this Temporary Regulation S Global Note is exchanged for
one or more Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same
benefits as other Dollar Notes under the Indenture.] 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on
which any principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest
and Additional Interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at
the close of business on the preceding May 1 and November 1 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (and
Additional Interest, if any) on the Dollar Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such
purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be
paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last
sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Dollar Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Dollar Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) held by a Holder of
at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes represented by 

  
 A-1-3 

 
Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written
notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment
Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 

 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 The Issuer initially appoints Wilmington Trust, National
Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Dollar Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar
or transfer agent. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Dollar Notes under an Indenture dated as of
April 1, 2015 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Dollar Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The Dollar Notes are subject
to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Dollar Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall
prevail. 
 The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of
assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes
requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Dollar Notes by certain subsidiaries. 
  

	5.	Mandatory Redemption 

 The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption payments
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Dollar Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Dollar Notes as described under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuer may
at any time and from time to time purchase Dollar Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
  

	6.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if
any, interest and Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest), on the Dollar Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Dollar Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable,
whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Dollar Notes and the Indenture, each Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with each Guarantor, will fully and
unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	7.	Redemption 

 (a) At any time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the
Dollar Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Dollar Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued
and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date. 

  
 A-1-4 

 (b) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem Dollar
Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 106.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, thereon, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal
amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that (i) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the
closing of the related Equity Offering; and (ii) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding
Dollar Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries). The Trustee shall select the Dollar Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 

(c) Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 7, the Dollar Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option
prior to May 15, 2018. 
 (d) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Dollar Notes,
in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any
on the notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.250	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.625	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Notice of any redemption of the Dollar Notes in connection with a corporate transaction (including an
Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness or a Change of Control) may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if
applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the
event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the
Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 
 (f) If the optional redemption date is on
or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest will be payable to Holders whose Dollar Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. 
 (g) Unless the Issuer defaults in the
payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Dollar Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 

(h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

 Except as set forth in paragraph 5 above, the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to the Dollar Notes. 

  
 A-1-5 

	8.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously
or concurrently delivered an unconditional (or conditional solely on the consummation of the applicable Change of Control) redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Dollar Notes as described under Section 5.7(e) of the Indenture,
the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Dollar Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Dollar Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any
Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Dollar Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or
otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Dollar Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice,
which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control
Offer made in advance of Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9(f) of the Indenture. 
 Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the
Issuer may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes (that is $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuer’s
option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture. 

 

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Dollar Notes shall be issuable only in fully
registered form in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Dollar Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note
(A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Dollar Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and
ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

[This Temporary Regulation S Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article II of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Temporary Regulation S Global Note for one or
more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Temporary Regulation S Global Note.] 
  

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes. 
  

	11.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or
Additional Interest, if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money. After any such
payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment. 

  
 A-1-6 

	12.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Dollar Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Dollar Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the
Indenture, the Indenture and the Dollar Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Dollar Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any
Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Dollar Notes as provided in the Indenture. 
  

	14.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating
to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Dollar
Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Dollar
Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or
certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Dollar Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Dollar Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Dollar Notes and its consequences.

 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Dollar Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(4) of the
Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Dollar Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) of the
Indenture shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration
with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Dollar Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of
principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Dollar Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Dollar Notes, have been cured or waived. 

 

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Dollar Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In
addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such
conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Dollar Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or 

  
 A-1-7 

 
by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Dollar Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 

 

	17.	Authentication 

 This Dollar Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to
be printed on the Dollar Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as
printed on the Dollar Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 This Dollar Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of
the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Infor (US), Inc. 

c/o Infor, Inc. 
 641 Avenue of
the Americas 
 New York, NY 10011 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A-1-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                      agent
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:				Your signature		 

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 
 The undersigned hereby certifies that it  ̈ is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee  ̈ is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the
Dollar Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Dollar Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Dollar Notes were owned by the Issuer or any
Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Dollar Notes are being: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 

 

	 	(1)     ̈	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or 

  

	 	(2)     ̈	transferred to the Issuer; or 

  

	 	(3)     ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or 

 

	 	(4)     ̈	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or 

  

	 	(5)     ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or 

  

	 	(6)     ̈	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Dollar Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other
than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5) or (6)

  
 A-1-9 

 
is checked, the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Dollar Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer may
reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144
under such Act. 
  

					
	  
	 		 	   

		 		 	Signature

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

					
	   
	 		 	   

	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 		 	Signature

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY
PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its
own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information
and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

					
	  
	 		 	   

		 		 	Dated:

  
 A-1-10 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount of
this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase
in Principal Amount of
this Global
Note
	 	 Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following
such
decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
or Notes
Custodian

  
 A-1-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box: 

Section
3.5   ̈            Section 3.9   ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the
amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $                        
                                   and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less
than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Dollar Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being
repurchased):                     . 
  

							
				
	Date:	 	 	 	Your Signature	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	   

		 		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-1-12 

 EXHIBIT A-2 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED EURO NOTE] 

[Global Euro Notes Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM
(“EUROCLEAR”), OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME (“CLEARSTREAM”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF ITS
AUTHORIZED NOMINEE OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM OR TO
SUCCESSORS THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEES AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend] 

[Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable] 
  

			
	No.		 [        ] Principal Amount € [        ] [as
revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]
 ISIN NO.
                                         
           

 INFOR (US), INC. 

5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 

Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay to Citibank Europe plc, as Common Depositary for
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. and Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Euros, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on May 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2015 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-2-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	INFOR (US), INC.
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION AGENT 

This Euro Note is one of the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Authentication Agent
	This Euro Note is duly authenticated without recourse, warranty or liability
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 Dated:
                             

  
 A-2-2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EURO NOTE] 

INFOR (US), INC. 
 5.750% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2022 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation, (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 5.750% per annum from April 1, 2015 until maturity and
shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Euro Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date
of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 15, 2015. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Euro Notes will be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 In addition to the rights provided to Holders of the Euro Notes under the Indenture,
Holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall have all rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2015, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other
parties named on the signature pages thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest in certain circumstances. If applicable, Additional Interest shall be paid to the same Persons,
in the same manner and at the same times as regular interest. 
 [Until this Temporary Regulation S Global Note is exchanged for one or more
Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as
other Euro Notes under the Indenture.] 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date on which any
principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Euro Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest and
Additional Interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the
close of business on the preceding May 1 and November 1 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (and Additional
Interest, if any) on the Euro Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Paying Agent for the Euro Notes maintained for
such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of
interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this
paragraph. Payments in respect of Euro Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
Euroclear or Clearstream or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Euro Notes represented 

  
 A-2-3 

 
by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) held by a Holder represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire if such Holder elects
payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Paying Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the
Paying Agent may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record
date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 The Issuer initially appoints Citibank, N.A., London Branch
as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Euro Notes and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG as initial Registrar for the Euro Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any
Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Euro Notes under an Indenture dated as of
April 1, 2015 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Euro Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The Euro Notes are subject
to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Euro Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall
prevail. 
 The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of
assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes
requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Euro Notes by certain subsidiaries. 
  

	5.	Mandatory Redemption 

 The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption payments
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Euro Notes as described under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuer may at
any time and from time to time purchase Euro Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
  

	6.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if
any, interest and Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest), on the Euro Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Euro Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable,
whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Euro Notes and the Indenture, each Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with each Guarantor, will fully and
unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	7.	Redemption 

 (a) At any time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Euro
Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the 

  
 A-2-4 

 
principal amount of such Euro Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the
“Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(b) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem Euro Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the
Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 105.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, thereon, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 40% of
the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that (i) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and (ii) not
less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Euro Notes held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries). The Trustee shall select the Euro Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 

(c) Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 7, the Euro Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option
prior to May 15, 2018. 
 (d) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Euro Notes, in
whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any on
the notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.438	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Notice of any redemption of the Euro Notes in connection with a corporate transaction (including an Equity
Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness or a Change of Control) may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if
applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the
event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the
Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 
 (f) If the optional redemption date is on
or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest will be payable to Holders whose Euro Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. 
 (g) Unless the Issuer defaults in the
payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Euro Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 

(h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

  
 A-2-5 

 (i) If, as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings
promulgated under the laws) of the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States), or any change in, or amendments to, an official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws,
regulations or rulings, which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer becomes or, based upon a written opinion of independent tax counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, will
become obligated to pay additional amounts as described in Section 3.23 of the Indenture with respect to the Euro Notes, then the Issuer may at any time at its option redeem, in whole but not in part, the Euro Notes on not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with interest accrued by unpaid on those Euro Notes to the date fixed for redemption. 

Except as set forth in paragraph 5 above, the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the
Euro Notes. 
  

	8.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously
or concurrently delivered an unconditional (or conditional solely on the consummation of the applicable Change of Control) redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Euro Notes as described under Section 5.7(e) of the Indenture, the
Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Euro Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Euro Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of
Control, the Issuer will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Euro Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in
accordance with the procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Euro Notes for the specified purchase price on the date
specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a
conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9(f) of the Indenture. 
 Upon
certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuer may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes (that is €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in
excess thereof) and, at the Issuer’s option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture. 

 

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Euro Notes shall be issuable only in fully
registered form in minimum denominations of principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Euro Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of
any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Euro Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment
Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

[This Temporary Regulation S Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article II of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Temporary Regulation S Global Note for one or
more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Temporary Regulation S Global Note.] 

  
 A-2-6 

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes. 
  

	11.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or
Additional Interest, if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money. After any such
payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment. 

 

	12.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Euro Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Euro Paying Agent or the Trustee (including any co-trustee or separate trustee) money or European
Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Euro Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

 

	13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the
Indenture, the Indenture and the Euro Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Euro Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any
Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Euro Notes as provided in the Indenture. 
  

	14.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating
to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Euro
Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Euro
Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or
certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Euro Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Euro Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Euro Notes and its consequences. 

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Euro Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(4) of the
Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Euro Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) of the
Indenture shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days

  
 A-2-7 

 
after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Euro Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction, and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Euro Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Euro Notes, have been
cured or waived. 
  

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Euro Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In
addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such
conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Euro Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Euro Notes. Such
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  

	17.	Authentication 

 This Euro Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	ISIN or Common Code Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused ISIN or Common Code numbers, to be
printed on the Euro Notes and has directed the Trustee to use ISIN or Common Code numbers, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 This Euro Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 A-2-8 

 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a
copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Infor (US), Inc. 

c/o Infor, Inc. 
 641 Avenue of
the Americas 
 New York, NY 10011 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A-2-9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                      agent
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:				Your signature		 

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 
 The undersigned hereby certifies that it  ̈ is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee  ̈ is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the
Euro Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Euro Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Euro Notes were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate
of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Euro Notes are being: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 

 

	 	(1)     ̈	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or 

  

	 	(2)     ̈	transferred to the Issuer; or 

  

	 	(3)     ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or 

 

	 	(4)     ̈	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or 

  

	 	(5)     ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or 

  

	 	(6)     ̈	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

  
 A-2-10 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Euro Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5) or (6) is checked, the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Euro Notes, in its sole discretion,
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
	  
	 		 	   

		 		 	Signature

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

					
	   
	 		 	   

	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 		 	Signature

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY
PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its
own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information
and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

					
	  
	 		 	   

		 		 	Dated:

  
 A-2-11 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount of
this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase
in Principal Amount of
this Global
Note
	 	 Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following
such
decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
or Notes
Custodian

  
 A-2-12 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box: 

Section
3.5   ̈            Section 3.9   ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the
amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $ €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof): €                   
                                        and specify the denomination or denominations
(which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Euro Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the
portion not being repurchased):                     . 
  

							
				
	Date:	 	 	 	Your Signature	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	   

		 		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-2-13 

 EXHIBIT B-1 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE GLOBAL NOTE] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

 

			
	No. [_______]		Principal Amount $[_______] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1 CUSIP NO. _________________________

 INFOR (US), INC. 

6.500% Senior Notes due 2019 

Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns,
the principal sum of _______________ Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on May 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2015 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 
  

	1 	Insert in Global Notes only 

  
 B-1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	INFOR (US), INC.
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This Dollar Note is one of the 6.500% Senior Notes due 2022 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 Dated: ________________________ 

  
 B-1-2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF DOLLAR NOTE] 

INFOR (US), INC. 
 6.500% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2022 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation, (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.500% per annum from April 1, 2015 until maturity.
The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on
the Dollar Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 15, 2015. The Issuer
shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest)
(without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Dollar Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the
date on which any principal of, premium, if any, interest, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest when due. Interest on
any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Dollar Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding
May 1 and November 1 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Dollar Notes shall be payable at the office or
agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such
purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such
addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Dollar Notes represented by a Global
Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Dollar Notes
represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar
account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days
immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday,
and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 The Issuer initially appoints Wilmington Trust, National
Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Dollar Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar
or transfer agent. 

  
 B-1-3 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Dollar Notes under an Indenture dated as of
April 1, 2015 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Dollar Notes include
those stated in the Indenture. The Dollar Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Dollar Notes and
the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall prevail. 
 The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of
indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation
of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Dollar Notes by certain subsidiaries. 

 

	5.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if
any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest), on the Dollar Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Dollar Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Dollar Notes and the Indenture, each Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with each Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such
obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Redemption 

 (a) At any time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the
Dollar Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Dollar Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Dollar Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (b) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem
Dollar Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 106.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest, thereon, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such
redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that (i) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the
related Equity Offering; and (ii) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Dollar Notes
held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries). The Trustee shall select the Dollar Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 

(c) Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 6, the Dollar Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option
prior to May 15, 2018. 
 (d) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Dollar Notes,
in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any on the notes redeemed,
to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.250	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.625	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 B-1-4 

 (e) Notice of any redemption of the Dollar Notes in connection with a corporate transaction
(including an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness or a Change of Control) may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to
one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition,
and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded
in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of
the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 
 (f) If the optional redemption date is
on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest will be payable to Holders whose Dollar Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. 
 (g) Unless the Issuer defaults in the
payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Dollar Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 

(h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

 The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Dollar Notes. 

 

	7.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously
or concurrently delivered an unconditional (or conditional solely on the consummation of the applicable Change of Control) redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Dollar Notes as described under Section 5.7(e) of the Indenture,
the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Dollar Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Dollar Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following
any Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Dollar Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register
or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Dollar Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice,
which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of
Control Offer made in advance of Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9(f) of the Indenture. 
 Upon certain Asset
Dispositions, the Issuer may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes (that is $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the
Issuer’s option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture. 

  
 B-1-5 

	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Dollar Notes shall be issuable only in fully
registered form in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Dollar Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among
other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note
(A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Dollar Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment
Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  

	9.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes. 
  

	10.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest,
if any remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money. After any such payment, Holders
entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment. 

 

	11.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Dollar Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the Dollar Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the
Indenture, the Indenture and the Dollar Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Dollar Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any
Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Dollar Notes as provided in the Indenture. 
  

	14.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating
to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Dollar
Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Dollar Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, and Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors occurs and is
continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Dollar Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain
circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Dollar Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Dollar Notes and its consequences. 

  
 B-1-6 

 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Dollar Notes because an Event of Default
described in Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Dollar Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default
pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Indenture shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within
30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Dollar Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (2) all
existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Dollar Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Dollar Notes, have been cured or waived. 

 

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Dollar Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In
addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such
conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Dollar Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Dollar Notes.
Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  

	17.	Authentication 

 This Dollar Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	19.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to
be printed on the Dollar Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as
printed on the Dollar Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 This Dollar Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 B-1-7 

 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a
copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Infor (US), Inc. 

c/o Infor, Inc. 
 641 Avenue of
the Americas 
 New York, NY 10011 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 B-1-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint ___________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

							
	Date:				Your signature		 

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-1-9 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of the Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of
authorized signatory of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian

  
 B-1-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box: 

 

			
	Section 3.5   ̈	  	Section 3.9   ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or
3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $___________________________________ and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not
be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Dollar Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not
being repurchased): _________________. 
  

							
				
	Date:	 	 	 	Your Signature	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	   

		 		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-1. 

  
 B-1-11 

 EXHIBIT B-2 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE GLOBAL NOTE] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM (“EUROCLEAR”), OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME (“CLEARSTREAM”), TO THE COMPANY OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH
AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE,
BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM OR TO SUCCESSORS THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEES AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN
THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
  

			
	No. [            ]		Principal Amount € [        ] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]2
			CUSIP NO.
                                         
           

 INFOR (US), INC. 

5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 

Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay to Citibank Europe plc, as Common Depositary for
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. and Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Euros, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on May 15, 2022. 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2015 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	2 	Insert in Global Notes only 

  
 B-2-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	INFOR (US), INC.
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION AGENT 

This Euro Note is one of the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

as Authentication Agent

	This Euro Note is duly authenticated without recourse, warranty or liability
		
	By:		 
			 Name:
 Title:

 Dated:
                             

  
 B-2-2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EURO NOTE] 

INFOR (US), INC. 
 5.750% SENIOR
NOTES DUE 2022 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation, (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Euro Note at 5.750% per annum from April 1, 2015 until
maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).
Interest on the Euro Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 15, 2015. The
Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any
applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Euro Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date on
which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Euro Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, and interest when due. Interest
on any Euro Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding
May 1 and November 1 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Euro Notes shall be payable at the office or
agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Paying Agent for the Euro Notes maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may
be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons
entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Euro Notes represented by a Global Note
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by Euroclear or Clearstream or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Euro Notes represented by
Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Paying Agent (with a copy to
the Trustee) to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Paying Agent may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday,
payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 

 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 The Issuer initially appoints Citibank, N.A., London
Branch, as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Euro Notes and Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG as initial Registrar for the Euro Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any
Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

  
 B-2-3 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Euro Notes under an Indenture dated as of
April 1, 2015 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Euro Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The Euro Notes are subject
to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Euro Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall
prevail. 
 The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of
assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes
requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Euro Notes by certain subsidiaries. 
  

	5.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if
any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest), on the Euro Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Euro Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Euro Notes and the Indenture, each Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with each Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such
obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Redemption 

 (a) At any time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Euro
Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Euro Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date. 
 (b) At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem Euro Notes with the net
cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 105.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, thereon, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such
redemptions not to exceed 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that (i) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related
Equity Offering; and (ii) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Euro Notes held by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries). The Trustee shall select the Euro Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 

(c) Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 6, the Euro Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option
prior to May 15, 2018. 
 (d) At any time and from time to time on or after May 15, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Euro Notes, in
whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any on the notes redeemed, to
the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
	 2018
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.438	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 B-2-4 

 (e) Notice of any redemption of the Euro Notes in connection with a corporate transaction
(including an Equity Offering, an incurrence of Indebtedness or a Change of Control) may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to
one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction. If such redemption or purchase is so subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition,
and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded
in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. In addition, the Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of
the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 
 (f) If the optional redemption date is
on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest will be payable to Holders whose Euro Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer. 
 (g) Unless the Issuer defaults in the
payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Euro Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 

(h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

 (i) If, as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated under the laws) of the United
States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States), or any change in, or amendments to, an official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, which change or
amendment is announced and becomes effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer becomes or, based upon a written opinion of independent tax counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, will become obligated to pay additional amounts
as described in Section 3.23 of the Indenture with respect to the Euro Notes, then the Issuer may at any time at its option redeem, in whole but not in part, the Euro Notes on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption
price equal to 100% of their principal amount, together with interest accrued by unpaid on those Euro Notes to the date fixed for redemption. 

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro Notes. 

 

	7.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously
or concurrently delivered an unconditional (or conditional solely on the consummation of the applicable Change of Control) redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Euro Notes as described under Section 5.7(e) of the Indenture, the
Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Euro Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Euro Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of
Control, the Issuer will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Euro Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in
accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Euro Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the

  
 B-2-5 

 
no tice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such
notice, except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of Change of Control in accordance with Section 3.9(f) of the Indenture. 

Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuer may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the
maximum aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes (that is €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuer’s option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, in
accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture. 
  

	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Euro Notes shall be issuable only in fully
registered form in minimum denominations of principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Euro Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of
any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Euro Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment
Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  

	9.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes. 
  

	10.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest,
if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money. After any such payment, Holders
entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment. 

 

	11.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Euro Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Euro Paying Agent or the Trustee (including any co-trustee or separate trustee) money or European
Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Euro Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	12.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the
Indenture, the Indenture and the Euro Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Euro Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any
Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Euro Notes as provided in the Indenture. 
  

	13.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating
to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the 

  
 B-2-6 

 
Issuer, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Euro Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders
shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Euro Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, and Additional Interest, if
any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Euro Notes will
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Euro Notes may rescind any such
acceleration with respect to the Euro Notes and its consequences. 
 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Euro Notes because
an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Euro Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such
Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Indenture shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each
case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Euro Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (2) all
existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Euro Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Euro Notes, have been cured or waived. 

 

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Euro Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In
addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring
such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
  

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Euro Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Euro Notes. Such
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  

	16.	Authentication 

 This Euro Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 

  
 B-2-7 

	18.	ISIN or Common Code Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused ISIN or Common Code numbers, to be
printed on the Euro Notes and has directed the Trustee to use ISIN or Common Code numbers, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Euro
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Infor (US), Inc. 

c/o Infor, Inc. 
 641 Avenue of
the Americas 
 New York, NY 10011 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 B-2-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                      agent
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:				Your signature		 

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-2-9 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount of
this Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase
in Principal Amount of
this Global
Note
	 	 Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following
such
decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
or Notes
Custodian

  
 B-2-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box: 

Section 3.5   ̈           
 Section 3.9   ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note
purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $ €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof):
€                                            
                    and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Euro Notes to be issued
to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):
                    . 
  

							
				
	Date:	 	 	 	Your Signature	 	 
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	   

		 		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations
and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-2-11 

 EXHIBIT C 

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of
[                    ], 20[ ], by and among [—] (the “Guaranteeing
Subsidiary”), Infor (US), Inc. (the “Issuer”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 

W I T N E S S ET H: 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of April 1, 2015
(as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of its 6.500% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Dollar Notes”) and 5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Euro
Notes” and, together with the Dollar Notes, the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, all of the
Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals
hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE 

SECTION 2.1. Agreement to be Bound. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will
have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.2.
Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant
to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis. 

  
 [Signature Page to
the Supplemental Indenture] 

 ARTICLE III 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 3.1.
Notices. All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at the address set forth in the Indenture. 

SECTION 3.2. Merger and Consolidation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with Section 4.1(f)
of the Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.3. Release of Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 10.2 of the
Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.4. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm
or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 

SECTION 3.5. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State
of New York. 
 SECTION 3.6. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 SECTION 3.7. Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it
pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 SECTION 3.8. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental
Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture
shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 

SECTION 3.9. The Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 
 SECTION
3.10. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all
purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 3.11. Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee. 
 SECTION 3.12. Headings. The headings of the
Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 [Signature Page to
the Supplemental Indenture] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	INFOR (US), INC.
		
	By:		 
			Name:
			Title:

  

			
	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY],

as a Guarantor

		
	By:		 
			Name:
			Title:

  

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:		 
			Name:
			Title:

  
 [Signature Page to
the Supplemental Indenture]EX-4.4

 Exhibit 4.4 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 by and among 

INFOR (US), INC., 
 and 

the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof 

and 
 MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE,
FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, 
 as Representative of the Several Dollar Notes Initial Purchasers 

and 
 MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL,

 as Representative of the Several Euro Notes Initial Purchasers 

Dated as of April 1, 2015  

 EXECUTION VERSION 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 1, 2015,
by and among Infor (US), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the Guarantors listed on the signature pages to this Agreement (the “Initial Guarantors”), on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, on behalf of itself and as representative (the “Dollar Notes Representative”) of the several dollar notes initial purchasers named in Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement (as
defined below) (the “Dollar Notes Initial Purchasers”), and Merrill Lynch International, on behalf of itself and as representative (the “Euro Notes Representative” and, together
with the Dollar Notes Representative, the “Representatives”) of the several euro notes initial purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (the “Euro Notes Initial Purchasers” and,
together with the Dollar Notes Initial Purchasers, the “Initial Purchasers”), on the other hand. 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2015 (the “Purchase
Agreement”) by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Representatives, which provides for the sale by the Company to the Dollar Notes Initial Purchasers of $1,030,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 6.500% Senior Notes
due 2022 (the “Dollar Notes”) and to the Euro Notes Initial Purchasers of €350,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 5.750% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Euro Notes” and, together with the
Dollar Notes, the “Initial Notes”). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The
execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement. 

The parties hereby agree as follows: 

SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Additional Guarantor” shall mean any Person that issues a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this
Agreement. 
 “Additional Interest” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5 hereof. 

“Advice” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 6(c) hereof. 

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Purchase Agreement. 

“Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions
or trust companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed. 
 “Closing Date” shall mean the
date of this Agreement. 
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Consummate,” in the context of a registered Exchange Offer, a registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed
“Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the
Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement  

 
continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the
Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

“DTC” shall mean the Depository Trust Company. 

“Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Offer, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission
declares the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective pursuant to the Securities Act and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of
which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective pursuant to the Securities Act. 

“Effectiveness Target Date” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 3(a) hereof. 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by
the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time. 
 “Exchange Date” shall have
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3(b) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 3(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 3(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 3(a) hereof. 

“Filing Target Date” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 3(a) hereof. 

“Guarantee” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Indenture. 

“Guarantors” shall mean the Initial Guarantors, any Additional Guarantors and their successors and assigns. 

“Holders” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Indemnified Holder” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 8(a) hereof. 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2015, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Initial Placement” shall mean the
issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
 “Initial
Purchaser” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the preamble hereto. 
 “Initial Securities” shall mean,
collectively, the Initial Notes and the Guarantees of the Initial Notes by the Guarantors. 

  
 -3- 

 “Interest Payment Date” shall be the date assigned to it in the Indenture and
the Securities. 
 “FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or
agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration
Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean each Security until the earliest to occur of: 

(i) the date on which such note has been exchanged by a Person other than a Broker-Dealer for an Exchange Security in the
Exchange Offer; 
 (ii) following the exchange by a Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer of a note for an Exchange Security,
the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; 

(iii) the date on which such note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with
the Shelf Registration Statement; 
 (iv) the date on which such note is actually sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act; provided that a note will not cease to be a Registrable Security for purposes of the Exchange Offer by virtue of this clause (iv); or 

(v) the date on which such note ceases to be outstanding. 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5 hereof. 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of
Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including
the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Securities” shall mean, collectively, the Initial Notes to be issued and sold to the Initial Purchasers, and
securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture. Each Security is entitled to the benefit of the Guarantees provided by the Guarantors in the Indenture and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference
herein to a “Security,” an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantee. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the
Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time. 
 “Shelf Filing Deadline” shall
have the meaning assigned to it in Section 4(a) hereof. 

  
 -4- 

 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned to it in
Section 4(a) hereof. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the
rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time. 

“Trustee” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture, together with any
successors thereto in such capacity. 
 “Underwritten Registration” or “Underwritten
Offering” shall mean a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 

SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement. 

(a) Registrable Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Registrable Securities. 

(b) Holders of Registrable Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities (each, a
“Holder”) whenever such Person owns Registrable Securities. 
 SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer. 

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in
Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), each of the Company and the Guarantors will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, within 365 days after the Closing Date (or if such 365th day is not a Business Day,
the next succeeding Business Day) (such day, the “Filing Target Date”), a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement,” and such
offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially
identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not
contain provisions for Additional Interest as contemplated in Section 5 below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities”). Each of the Company and the Guarantors will use its commercially reasonable
efforts to have the Exchange Offer Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission within 90 days after the Filing Target Date (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (such 90th day, the
“Effectiveness Target Date”). Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company will (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly following the Effective Time of such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to issue on or prior to 45 Business Days, or longer, if required by applicable securities laws, after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was
declared effective by the Commission, Exchange Securities in exchange for all Registrable Securities tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities
to be offered in exchange for the Registrable Securities and to permit resales of Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof. 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep
the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than
20 days after the date notice of  

  
 -5- 

 
the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange
Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated within 45 Business Days of the Effectiveness Target Date (such date,
the “Exchange Date”). 
 (c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in
the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Registrable Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities (other than Registrable Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within
the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which
prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information
with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial
Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement. 

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously
effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period
ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with
market-making or other trading activities. 
 The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to
Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. 

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not permitted to file an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or to Consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) the Exchange Offer is
not Consummated by the Exchange Date or (iii) any Holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20th Business Day following Consummation of the Exchange Offer that: (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or
Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, then
the Company and the Guarantors will: 

  
 -6- 

 (x) use their commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission a shelf
registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf
Registration Statement”) on or prior to the 30th day after the date such obligation arises but no earlier than either the 366th day after the Closing Date (or if such 366th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day) or the date of filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (the earlier of such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Registrable
Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; 
 (y) use
their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 90th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day); and 
 (z) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously
effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Registrable Securities by the Holders of Registrable Securities entitled to
the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of one year
following the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith or cease to be outstanding on the date
upon which all Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement become eligible for resale, without regard to volume, manner of sale or other restrictions contained in Rule 144. 

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Registrable
Securities may include any of its Registrable Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor,
such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected
agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) the Company fails to Consummate the Exchange Offer by the Exchange Date or (ii) the Shelf
Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Registrable Securities during the periods specified in this Agreement (each such
event referred to in clauses (i) and (ii), a “Registration Default”), then the Company will pay additional interest (“Additional Interest”) to each Holder of Registrable Securities until all Registration Defaults have been
cured. With respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default, Additional Interest will be paid in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of Registrable Securities
outstanding. The amount of Additional Interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Additional Interest for all
Registration Defaults of 0.5% per annum of the principal amount of the Registrable Securities outstanding. The payment of such Additional Interest will be the Holders’ sole remedy under this Agreement with respect to any Registration
Defaults hereunder. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Registrable Securities, the interest 

  
 -7- 

 
rate borne by the relevant Registrable Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Registrable Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in
interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Registrable Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions. 

All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Registrable
Security at the time such security ceases to be a Registrable Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full. 

All accrued interest will be paid by the Company on the next scheduled Interest Payment Date to DTC or its nominee by wire transfer of
immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to Holders of certificated notes by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified. 

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures. 

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply
with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Registrable Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) [Reserved.] 

(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of
Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange
Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Registrable Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s
preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer
(1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause
(i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an
effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by
such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company. 
 (b) Shelf Registration
Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration
to permit the sale of the Registrable 

  
 -8- 

 
Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible
prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended
method or methods of distribution thereof. 
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and
any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by
Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) use its reasonable best efforts to keep such
Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors) for the period specified in
Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective
and usable for resale of Registrable Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or
omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s)
as soon as practicable thereafter; 
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments
to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable
Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully
with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during
the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice
in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective,
(B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the
initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at
any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration 

  
 -9- 

 
Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Registrable Securities under
state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and
each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents
incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five
Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial
Purchaser of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon
confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed
to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission; 
 (v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be
incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Company’s and
the Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any,
reasonably may request; 
 (vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing
underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or
accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing
underwriter(s), if any; 
 (vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in
any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without
limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Registrable Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid
therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of
the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 

  
 -10- 

 (viii) cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to
be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any; 

(ix) if such documents are not publicly available, furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the
underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein
and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
 (x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of
the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby
consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the Prospectus
or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
 (xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make
such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all
to such extent as may be requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Registrable Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an
underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall: 

(A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they
may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement: 

(1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
Statement, as the case may be, signed by an executive officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(f) of the Purchase
Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 
 (2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation
of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, substantially similar to the opinions referenced by Sections 5(c) and (e) of the Purchase
Agreement and covering such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; and 
 (3) customary comfort letters,
dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in
connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception; 

  
 -11- 

 (B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement,
if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 

(C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with
Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any. 

If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1)
hereof cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing; 

(xii) prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any,
and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Registrable Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do
any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that none of the Company or the
Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions
relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 
 (xiii) shall issue, upon the
request of any Holder of Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange
therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered
to the Company for cancellation; 
 (xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate
the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the
Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s); 

(xv) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered
with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, subject to the proviso
contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof; 
 (xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof
shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement 

  
 -12- 

 
or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Registrable Securities, the
Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; 

(xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such
Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities
are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
 (xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be
made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA; 

(xix) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally
available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which
Registrable Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter
commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; 
 (xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the
Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as
may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such
changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 

(xxi) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated
quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company is then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; 

(xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of
Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act, unless such documents are publicly available; and 
 (xxiii) the
Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to have any Exchange Securities issued for Euro Notes admitted to listing on the Irish Stock Exchange. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain such listing until none of the
Exchange Securities issued for Euro Notes is outstanding or until such time as payment in respect of principal and interest and additional amounts, if any, in respect of the New Euro Notes has been duly provided for, whichever is earlier. 

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Registrable Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of
the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder 

  
 -13- 

 
will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended
Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental
filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession,
of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth
in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling
Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such
extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration
Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof. 
 SECTION 7.
Registration Expenses. 
 (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with
this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including
filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of FINRA); (ii) all
fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of
Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Registrable Securities; (v) all application
and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of
the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 

Each of the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and
expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors. 

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Registrable Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to
the “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel,
who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP. 
 SECTION 8. Indemnification. 

  
 -14- 

 (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause
(ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in
clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses
(including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental
agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or
any of the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
 In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory
investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by
such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this
Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately
determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or
proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such
Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ prior written consent,
which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of
any action effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or
otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such
settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding. 

(b) Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and
their respective directors, officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or
any of the 

  
 -15- 

 
Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the
Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or
proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Registrable Securities, such Holder shall have
the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. 

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or
(b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of
indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds to the Company and
the Guarantors from the Initial Placement, but without deductions for expenses), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified
Holder on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount
paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or
other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. 
 The Company,
the Guarantors and each Holder of Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The
Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. 

  
 -16- 

 SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder,
for so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Registrable Securities from such
Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such
Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all
reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who are Initial
Purchasers and who desire to do so may, with the consent of the Company, sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such
offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably
satisfactory to the Company. 
 SECTION 12. Miscellaneous. 

(a) Remedies. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for
any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter
into any agreement with respect to its securities that would prevent consummation of the Exchange Offer or the performance by the Company or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the
Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to the Initial Securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are
not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to
the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
 (d)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of
Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Registrable Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority
of the outstanding principal amount of Registrable Securities (excluding any Registrable Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). 

  
 -17- 

 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the
Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of
Registrable Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of
each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective. 

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery,
first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar
under the Indenture; and 
 (ii) if to the Company: 
  

									
	Infor (US), Inc.		
	c/o Infor, Inc.		
	641 Avenue of the Americas		
	New York, NY 10011		
	Facsimile:		(678) 319-9032		
	Attention:		Nicole Anasenes		
			Jay Hopkins		
			Gregory M. Giangiordano		
		
	With a copy to:		
		
	Kirkland & Ellis LLP		
	601 Lexington Avenue		
	New York, New York 10022		
	Facsimile:		(212) 446-6460		
	Attention:		Joshua N. Korff		

 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if
personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier
guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the
Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Registrable Securities from such Holder. 

  
 -18- 

 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and
by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF. 
 (j) Severability. In the event that any
one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is
intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no
restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
 [Signature pages follow] 

  
 -19- 

 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	Infor (US), Inc.
		
	By:		/s/ Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Name: Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Title: President
	
	 Infor, Inc.,
 as a
Guarantor

		
	By:		/s/ Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Name: Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Title: President
	
	 SENECA ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARY INC.

INFINIUM SOFTWARE, INC.
 INFOR (GA), INC.

INFOR PUBLIC SECTOR, INC.
 each as Guarantors

		
	By:		/s/ Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Name: Gregory M. Giangiordano
			Title: President

  
 [Signature page to
Registration Rights Agreement] 

 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written: 
  

			
	MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
	 INCORPORATED

	 on its own behalf and as representative

of the other several Dollar Notes Initial Purchasers

		
	By:		Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
			  Incorporated
		
	By:		/s/ Scott Tolchin
			Managing Director
	
	 MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
 on its
own behalf and as representative
 of the other several Euro Notes Initial Purchasers

		
	By:		Merrill Lynch International
		
	By:		/s/ Toby Ali
			Managing Director

  
 [Signature page to
Registration Rights Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00243-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00243-of-00352.parquet"}]]